View
191
Download
27
Category
Preview:
DESCRIPTION
Manual Completo del analizador de redes HIOKI 3166
Citation preview
INSTRUCTION MANUALFor...は専用機種。複数の場合は「/」で区切る。不要の場合はとる。
形名を入力。 複数の場合は「/」で区切る。
3166品名を入力。
CLAMP ONPOWER HiTESTER
Contents
Introduction i
Inspection ii
Safety Notes iii
Notes on Use vi
Notes on Using the Power Meter ix
Chapter Summary x
Chapter 1 Overview and Names of Parts 1
1.1 Product Overview 1
1.2 Features 2
1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part 4
1.4 PLL Synchronization 8
Chapter 2 Key Operations and the Initial Screen 9
2.1 Basic Operations 9
2.2 Screen Configuration 13
2.3 Initial Screen 15
Chapter 3 Before Taking Measurements 17
3.1 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure 18
3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords 19
3.3 Connecting the Clamp on Sensors 22
3.4 Turning On the Power 24
3.5 Self-test 26
3.6 Attaching the Stand 27
Chapter 4 Wiring Methods 29
4.1 Before Measurement 29
4.2 Cautions Concerning Wiring 30
4.3 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure 32
4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods 33
4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring 38
4.6 Measuring Ranges 41
Chapter 5 Normal Measurement 43
5.1 Capabilities in Normal Measurement Mode 44
5.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure 45
5.3 Preparations for Measurement 46
5.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking
the Basic Setting Conditions 46
5.3.2 Confirming Settings 47
5.4 Taking Measurements 49
5.4.1 Displaying Instantaneous Values 49
5.4.2 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values 51
5.4.3 Printing Measured Values on the Printer 52
5.4.4 Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk 53
5.5 Changing the Settings 54
5.5.1 Print/Save Items 54
5.5.2 File Names 55
5.5.3 D/A Output Items 58
5.5.4 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode) 59
5.6 Printing Out the Settings 60
5.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk 61
Chapter 6 Integrated Measurement 63
6.1 Capabilities in Integrated Measurement Mode 63
6.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure 65
6.3 Preparations for Measurement 66
6.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking
the Basic Setting Conditions 66
6.3.2 Special Settings for Integrated Measurement 67
6.4 Taking Measurements 70
6.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range 70
6.4.2 Starting Integrated Measurement 71
6.4.3 Stopping Integrated Measurement 72
6.4.4 Displaying Instantaneous Values 73
6.4.5 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values 74
6.4.6 Displaying Integrated Values 75
6.5 Changing Settings 78
6.5.1 Integration Start Method 78
6.5.2 Start Time 78
6.5.3 Integration Stop Method 79
6.5.4 Stop Time 80
6.5.5 Output Interval Time 80
6.5.6 Print/Save Items 81
6.5.7 FD Auto Output 82
6.5.8 File Names 83
6.5.9 RS-232C Automatic Output 83
6.5.10 D/A Output Items 84
6.5.11 Integrated Output Rate 84
6.5.12 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode) 86
6.6 Printing Out the Settings 87
6.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk 88
Chapter 7 Demand Measurement 89
7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode 89
7.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure 92
7.3 Preparations for Measurement 93
7.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking
the Basic Setting Conditions 93
7.3.2 Special Settings for Demand Measurement 94
7.4 Taking Measurements 97
7.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range 97
7.4.2 Starting Demand Measurement 98
7.4.3 Stopping Demand Measurement 99
7.4.4 Displaying Instantaneous Values 100
7.4.5 Displaying Integrated Values 102
7.4.6 Displaying Demand Values 105
7.4.7 Displaying a Daily Report 106
7.4.8 Displaying Weekly Reports 108
7.4.9 Displaying Monthly Reports 110
7.5 Changing Settings 112
7.5.1 Start Time 112
7.5.2 Stop Time 112
7.5.3 Demand Period 113
7.5.4 Transformer Capacity 114
7.5.5 Print/Save Items 115
7.5.6 FD Auto Output 117
7.5.7 File Names 117
7.5.8 RS-232C Automatic Output 118
7.5.9 D/A Output Items 118
7.5.10 Integrated Output Rate 119
7.5.11 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode) 120
7.6 Printing Out the Settings 121
7.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk 122
Chapter 8 Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details 123
8.1 List of Setting Items 123
8.2 Settings for Each Item 125
8.2.1 Reactive Power Meter Method 125
8.2.2 Sampling Method 126
8.2.3 PLL Sync/Frequency Source 126
8.2.4 Frequency of the Line Being Measured 127
8.2.5 Display Averaging Times 127
8.2.6 PT 128
8.2.7 CT 128
8.2.8 Backlight 129
8.2.9 Contrast 129
8.2.10 Key Beep 130
8.2.11 RS-232C Device 130
8.2.12 Setting the Time 134
8.2.13 System Reset 135
8.3 Printing Out the Settings 136
8.4 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk 137
Chapter 9 Using the Remote Control Jack 139
9.1 Connection With the Remote Control Jack 140
9.2 Structure of the Remote Control Jack 141
9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control 142
Chapter 10 Connecting a Printer 145
10.1 Overview 145
10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out 146
10.3 Connection Method 150
10.4 Operating Procedure 152
Chapter 11 Connecting a Computer 157
11.1 Connection Method 157
11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface 158
11.2.1 RS-232C Interface Specifications 158
11.2.2 Setting Method 161
11.2.3 Flow of the Basic Operating Procedure 162
11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface 163
11.3.1 Messages 163
11.3.2 Command Syntax 164
11.3.3 Headers 164
11.3.4 Delimiter 165
11.3.5 Separators 165
11.3.6 Data Formats 166
11.3.7 Abbreviation of Compound Commands 167
11.3.8 Output Queue 168
11.3.9 Input Buffer 168
11.4 Command Reference 169
11.4.1 Description of the Command Reference Format 169
11.4.2 Commands 170
11.5 Sample Program 237
11.5.1 RS-232C 238
11.6 Cautions Concerning the RS-232C Interface 239
Chapter 12 Connecting a Modem 241
12.1 Connection Method 242
12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1) 243
12.2.1 Automatic Measurement Data Output 243
12.2.2 Operating Procedure 243
12.2.3 Setting the 3166 244
12.2.4 Setting a Modem Connected to a Personal Computer 245
12.3 Functions That Use the Modem (2) 246
12.3.1 Remote Control 246
12.3.2 Operating Procedure 246
12.3.3 Setting the 3166 247
12.3.4 Setting the Modem Connected to the 3166 247
12.3.5 Setting the Modem Connected to
the Personal Computer 248
12.3.6 Actual Control Method 248
Chapter 13 Using the D/A Output (Optional) 249
13.1 Output Connection Method 250
13.2 Structure of the Output Connector 251
13.3 Output Response Characteristics 252
13.4 Output Waveform 254
Chapter 14 Using the FDD UNIT (Optional) 257
14.1 General 258
14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved 259
14.3 Connection Method 265
14.4 Using Floppy Disks 267
14.5 Saving Measurement Data 269
14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode 273
14.6.1 Loading Setting Data That Was Previously Saved
on Floppy Disk 274
14.6.2 Loading Measurement Data That Was Previously
Saved on Floppy Disk 275
14.6.3 Formatting a Floppy Disk 277
14.6.4 Renaming Files 278
14.6.5 Deleting Files 279
14.6.6 Upgrade 280
Chapter 15 Harmonic Analysis Software 281
15.1 Overview 281
Chapter 16 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power 283
16.1 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power 284
16.2 Normal Measurement Mode 285
16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand
Measurement Mode 286
Chapter 17 Maintenance and Service 289
17.1 Cautions 289
17.2 Troubleshooting 290
17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and
the Packing Materials 291
Chapter 18 Specifications 293
18.1 Product Specifications 293
18.1.1 General Specifications 293
18.1.2 Basic Specifications 295
18.1.3 Function Specifications 298
18.1.4 External Interfaces 302
18.2 Measurement Range Organization Table 304
18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations 305
18.4 Internal Block Diagram 309
18.5 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR Specifications 310
18.6 9595 FDD UNIT Specifications 311
18.6.1 General Specifications 311
18.6.2 Specifications 311
18.6.3 Functions 311
18.6.4 Miscellaneous 312
18.6.5 Accessories 312
Appendix APPENDIX 1
Appendix 1 Error Messages APPENDIX 2
Appendix 2 List of Commands APPENDIX 4
Appendix 2.1 List of Commands APPENDIX 4
Appendix 2.2 Hierarchical Organization
of Commands APPENDIX 10
Appendix 2.3 Valid Commands for Each Status APPENDIX 14
Appendix 2.4 Chart of Initialization Items APPENDIX 20
Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration,
and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead
and Lag APPENDIX 21
Appendix 3.1 Active Power APPENDIX 21
Appendix 3.2 Reactive Power APPENDIX 21
Appendix 3.3 Power Factor APPENDIX 24
Appendix 4 Sampling in the 3166 APPENDIX 25
Appendix 5 Screen Configuration APPENDIX 27
Appendix 6 Packing the 3166 in the 9383 Carrying
Case APPENDIX 28
Appendix 7 Glossary of Terms APPENDIX 29
Appendix 8 Printout Samples APPENDIX 30
Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk APPENDIX 35
Index INDEX 1
i────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Introduction────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
NOTE
Introduction
Thank you for purchasing the HIOKI "3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER."To obtain maximum performance from the product, please read this manualfirst, and keep it handy for future reference.
The 3166 uses the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR for its current input. Fordetails on the sensor, refer to the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSORInstruction Manual.
3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER (9556 HARMONIC ANALYSISSOFTWARE PREINSTALL MODEL)
The "9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE" (optional) ispreinstalled in the 3166. For details on the software, refer to the 9556HARMONICS ANALYSIS SOFTWARE Instruction Manual.
The 9556 master disk is not included with the product. The disk included withthe product contains software (WUICONV.EXE) to convert waveform data intoa text format.
ii────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Inspection────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
Inspection
When you receive the product, inspect it carefully to ensure that no damageoccurred during shipping. In particular, check the accessories, panel switches,and connectors. If damage is evident, or if it fails to operate according to thespecifications, contact your dealer or Hioki representative.
Standard accessories
Instruction Manual 1
Guide 1Power cord 19438 VOLTAGE CORD 1set (one each of black, red, yellow, and blue)Voltage cord lock 4Stand 1set
Before use
Before using the product the first time, verify that it operates normally toensure that the no damage occurred during storage or shipping. If you findany damage, contact your dealer or Hioki representative.
Before using the product, make sure that the insulation on the 9438VOLTAGE CORD is undamaged and that no bare conductors are improperlyexposed. Using the product in such conditions could cause an electric shock,so contact your dealer or Hioki representative for repair.
Shipment
Use the original packing materials when reshipping the product, if possible.Before shipping the 9595 FDD UNIT, be sure to remove the floppy disk.
iii────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Safety Notes────────────────────────────────────────────────────
DANGER This product is designed to conform to IEC 61010 Safety Standards, andhas been thoroughly tested for safety prior to shipment. However,mishandling during use could result in injury or death, as well as damageto the product. Be certain that you understand the instructions andprecautions in the manual before use. We disclaim any responsibility foraccidents or injuries not resulting directly from product defects.
DANGER To avoid short circuits and potentially life-threatening hazards, neverattach the clamp to a circuit that operates at more than the 600 V (9291)/300 V (9298) or over bare conductors.
・The this symbol printed on the product indicates that the usershould refer to a corresponding topic in the manual (marked withthe symbol) before using the relevant function.
・In the manual, this symbol indicates particularly importantinformation that the user should read before using the product.
Indicates a grounding terminal.
Indicates AC (Alternating Current).
Safety Notes
This manual contains information and warnings essential for safe operation ofthe product and for maintaining it in safe operating condition. Before usingthe product, be sure to carefully read the following safety notes.
Safety symbols
iv────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Safety Notes────────────────────────────────────────────────────
DANGER Indicates that incorrect operation presents an extreme hazard thatcould result in serious injury or death to the user.
WARNING Indicates that incorrect operation presents a significant hazard thatcould result in serious injury or death to the user.
CAUTIONIndicates that incorrect operation presents a possibility of injury tothe user or damage to the product.
NOTE Advisory items related to performance or correct operation of theproduct.
The following symbols in this manual indicate the relative importance ofcautions and warnings.
Overvoltage CategoriesTo ensure safe use of measurement, IEC 60664 establishes safety levelstandards for different locations, classified as CAT I through CAT IV, andcalled overvoltage categories. These are defined as follows.CAT : Secondary electrical circuits that are connected to a wall outlet
through a transformer or similar device.CAT : Primary electrical circuits in equipment connected to a wall outlet via
a power cord (portable tools, household appliances, etc.)CAT : Primary electrical circuits of heavy equipment (fixed installations)
connected directly to the distribution panel, and feeders between thedistribution panel and outlets.
CAT : The circuit from the service drop to the service entrance, then to thepower meter and to the primary overcurrent protection device.
Higher-numbered categories correspond to electrical environments withgreater momentary energy, so a measurement device designed for CAT IIIenvironments can endure greater momentary energy than a device designedfor CAT II. Use of a lower category product in a higher category environmentcould result in a severe accident and must be carefully avoided.
v────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Safety Notes────────────────────────────────────────────────────
● Notes on accuracy
We define measurement tolerances in terms of f.s. (full scale), rdg. (reading)and dgt. (digit) values, with the following meanings:
f.s. (maximum display value or scale length)The maximum displayable value or the full length of the scale.This is usually the maximum value of the currently selected range.
rdg. (reading or displayed value)The value currently being measured and indicated on the measuring product.
dgt. (resolution)The smallest displayable unit on a digital measuring product, i.e., the inputvalue that causes the digital display to show a "1".
vi────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Notes on Use────────────────────────────────────────────────────
CAUTION ・This product is designed for indoor use, and operates reliably from 0 to 40℃.・Do not store or use the product where it could be exposed to direct sunlight,
high temperature or humidity, or condensation. Under such conditions, theproduct may be damaged and insulation may deteriorate so that it no longermeets specifications.
・This product is not designed to be entirely water- or dust-proof. To avoiddamage, do not use it in a wet or dusty environment.
・Do not use the product near a device that generates a strongelectromagnetic field or electrostatic charge, as these may cause erroneousmeasurements.
・Do not use the product where it may be exposed to corrosive or combustiblegases. The product may be damaged or cause an explosion.
WARNING To avoid electric shock, do not allow the product to get wet, and do notuse it when your hands are wet.
To avoid electric shock when measuring live lines, wear appropriateprotective gear, such as insulated rubber gloves, boots and a safetyhelmet.
WARNING The unit is constructed so as to be connected to a ground line via athree-core power cord that is supplied with the unit.
To avoid electric shock and ensure safe operation, connect the powercable to a grounded (3-contact) outlet.
Notes on Use
Follow these precautions to ensure safe operation and to obtain the fullbenefits of the various functions.
● Installation
● Before use
Observe the following points in order to use this equipment safely and mosteffectively.
● Making power meter connections
vii────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Notes on Use────────────────────────────────────────────────────
WARNING Before turning on the power, make sure that the voltage of the powersupply being used matches the supply voltage indicated on the rearpanel of the unit.
Before turning the product on, make sure the source voltage matchesthat indicated on the product’s power connector. Connection to animproper supply voltage may damage the product and present anelectrical hazard.
WARNING To avoid electrical accidents, remove power from the circuit beforeconnecting the voltage cord.
CAUTION To avoid electric shock and short-circuit accidents, use only the supplied testleads to connect the product input terminals to the circuit to be tested.
DANGER Connect the clamp-on sensors or voltage cords to the product first, andthen to the active lines to be measured. Observe the following to avoidelectric shock and short circuits.
・Do not allow the voltage cable clips to touch two wires at the sametime. Never touch the edge of the metal clips.
・When the clamp sensor is opened, do not allow the metal part of theclamp to touch any exposed metal, or to short between two lines, anddo not use over bare conductors.
Clamp sensor should only be connected to the secondary side of abreaker, so the breaker can prevent an accident if a short circuit occurs.Connections should never be made to the primary side of a breaker,because unrestricted current flow could cause a serious accident if ashort circuit occurs.
● Voltage of the power supply
● Connecting powermeter
● Secondary side connections
viii────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Notes on Use────────────────────────────────────────────────────
CAUTION ・To avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before pluggingorunplugging any of the interface connectors.
・To avoid damaging the probes, do not bend or pull the probes.・Keep in mind that, in some cases, conductors to be measured may be hot.・Keep the cables well away from heat sources, as bare conductors could be
exposed if the insulation melts.・To prevent damage to the product and sensor, never connect or disconnect
a sensor while the power is on.
CAUTION ・To avoid damage to the product, protect it from vibration or shock duringtransport and handling, and be especially careful to avoid dropping.
・Be careful to avoid dropping the clamps or otherwise subjecting them tomechanical shock, which could damage the mating surfaces of the core andadversely affect measurement.
・Do not remove the floppy disk while the drive is operating (the LED on thefloppy drive is on).
・Avoid using the printer in hot, humid environments, as this can greatlyreduce printer life.
DANGER When connecting clip-type test leads to live terminals, be very careful toavoid accidentally shorting conductors together and causing a seriousaccident.
The maximum rated working voltage is 600 VAC/850 V peak. Attemptingto measure voltage in excess of the maximum rating could destroy theproduct and result in personal injury or death.
The maximum rated voltage between input terminals and ground is 600VAC. Attempting to measure voltages exceeding 600 V with respect toground could damage the product and result in personal injury.
CAUTION ・Note that the product may be damaged if the applied voltage or currentexceeds the measurement range.
・When the power is turned off, do not apply voltage or current to the voltageinput terminal, clamp-on sensor . Doing so may damage the unit.
・To avoid damage to the unit, do not input a voltage exceeding the ratedmaximum to the external control terminals.
・In order to prevent this power meter from being damaged, do not short theD/A output connector, and do not input voltage to that connector.
● Core of cables
● Unit and accessories
● Use of the 3166
ix────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Notes on Using the Power Meter────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
Notes on Using the Power Meter
・This power meter uses the calculations indicated in the specifications inorder to determine apparent power (S), power factor (λ), and calculatedreactive power on the basis of the measured voltage (U), current (I), andactive power. In the 3166, the apparent power (S), power factor (λ), andcalculated reactive power (Q) are calculated according to formulas indicatedin the specifications, based on the voltage (U), the current (I), and the activepower (P). In addition, when using the active power meter method, theapparent power (S) and power factor (λ) are derived from the measuredactive power (P) and reactive power (Q). The values displayed by this powermeter may differ from those produced by other testers that are based ondifferent principles of operation or testers that use different calculations.
It should be noted that if the measurement line is a three-phase three-wireline and the waveform is distorted (e.g., on the primary side of the inverter),the values of reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), and power factor (λ)differ from those on a measuring instrument based on a different calculationformula.
・The integrated values produced by this power meter are derived throughsoftware calculations based on the power measurements. The integratedvalue may differ from the value produced by a tester that has a differentresponse speed, sampling rate, or calculation method. In addition, thispower meter is designed specifically to measure alternating current, andcannot be used to measure lines carrying direct current.The power factor is calculated for display using the values of active powerand apparent power before zero-suppression. Note that even if the activepower (P) and apparent power (S) on display are zero, the power factor (λ)may not be zero.In order to assure accurate measurements, allow this unit to warm up for atleast 30 minutes before using it. The displayed value is forced to zero forinputs that are 0.4% or less of the measurement range. (zero suppressfunction) Although this power meter has a frequency measurementfunction, proper measurement may not be possible in cases where the inputwaveform is clearly distorted.
・When using external transformers (PT and CT), the phase difference mayintroduce a large error into power measurements. For accuratemeasurements, use PTs and CTs with as small a phase difference aspossible.
・When the voltage or current on the line being measured exceeds themeasurement range of this power meter, use an external PT and CT, and donot exceed the maximum allowed input. When using a PT and CT, use thescaling function and take direct readings.
x────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Chapter Summary────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Chapter Summary
The contents of each chapter of this Operation Manual are described below.The portion of this manual from the Introduction to Chapter 1 explainsnumerous cautions that must be read before using this power meter.
Chapter 1 Overviews and Names of Parts
This chapter provides an overview of this product and its features, anddescribes the names of each part.
Chapter 2 Key Operations and the Initial Screen
This chapter explains the basic use of each key, the initial screen, and theconfiguration of the screen in general.
Chapter 3 Before Taking Measurements
This chapter explains the necessary preparations that must be made beforebeginning operation, and describes cautions that need to be observed.
Chapter 4 Wiring Methods
This chapter explains how to select and connect the line being measured, andhow to check for incorrect wiring after the connections have been made.
Chapter 5 Normal Measurement
This chapter explains how to measure instantaneous values andmaximum/minimum values for basic measurements such as voltage currentand power, special settings that need to be made for those measurements, howto save the measured results onto floppy disk, how to print out measuredresults, etc.
Chapter 6 Integrated Measurement
In addition to normal measurements such as instantaneous values, thischapter explains how to measure integrated values such as active and reactivepower, special settings that need to be made for those measurements, how tosave the measured results onto floppy disk, how to print out measured results,etc.
Chapter 7 Demand Measurements
This chapter explains the demand measurement method in which data isprocessed with integrated measurements repeated at any desired timeinterval, and special settings that need to be made for those measurements,how to save the measured results onto floppy disk, how to print out measuredresults, etc.
Chapter 8 Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details
This chapter provides an overview of setting methods and also explainsdetailed setting methods for test conditions that are common to each mode.
xi────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Chapter Summary────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Chapter 9 Using the External Control Terminal
This chapter explains how to use external control signals to control the start ofintegrated or demand measurement, to control the saving and printing ofmeasurement data, etc.
Chapter 10 Connecting a Printer
This chapter explains how to connect a printer to the interface connector andthe necessary settings.
Chapter 11 Connecting a Computer
This chapter explains how to connect a computer to the interface connector,the necessary settings, and a sample program.
Chapter 12 Connecting a Modem
This chapter explains how to connect a modem to the interface connector, thenecessary settings, and a sample program.
Chapter 13 Using the D/A Output (Optional)
This chapter explains how to connect the optional 9594 D/A OUTPUT in orderto obtain analog output, and the necessary settings.
Chapter 14 Using the Floppy Disk Drive (Optional)
This chapter explains how to connect the optional 9595 FDD Unit in order touse floppy disks, and provides an overview of how to use the unit.
Chapter 15 Harmonic Wave Analysis Software (Optional)
This chapter provides an overview of how to use the optional 9556 HarmonicWave Analysis Software in order to measure harmonic waves.
Chapter 16 Operation If Power Is Lost
This chapter describes the operation of the power meter if power is lost whiletaking measurements.
Chapter 17 Maintenance and Service
This chapter discusses the maintenance and disposal of this unit.
Chapter 18 Specifications
This chapter describes the specifications for this power meter, including itsgeneral specifications, measurement ranges, and accuracy.
Appendices
The appendices include a list of error messages, a list of commands, screenconfigurations, details on how to pack the unit in its portable case, a glossaryof terms, and other information.
xii────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Chapter Summary────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1.1 Product Overview────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Chapter 1Overview and Names of
Parts
1.1 Product Overview
The 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER is a clamp-type power meter thatcan test any type of line ranging from single-phase lines to three-phase four-wire lines.In addition to being able to handle basic measurements, such as voltage,current, power, power factor, integrated values, etc., this power meter is alsocapable of demand measurement, which is important for power management,and harmonic wave measurement (with optional software).In addition, because the 3166’s many interface functions give it the capabilityto collect data for extended periods and to automate the measurement process,this tester is ideal for applications that require the measurement of power atindustrial frequencies, such as power maintenance and management at afactory.
2────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1.2 Features────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1.2 Features
(1) Safe design
The 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER features a safe design thatcomplies with the IEC61010 safety standard.
(2) Capable of measuring power on all types of power lines
This single power meter is capable of measuring power on all types of powerlines, ranging from single-phase two-wire lines to three-phase four-wire lines.
(3) Incorrect wiring detection capability
The wiring checking screen is used to phase rotate, detect the phase, and tocheck for reverse connection of the clamp sensors, in order to avoid wiringmistakes during measurement.
(4) Simultaneous display of all measured values
The voltage, current, active/reactive/apparent power, power factor, andfrequency can all be displayed simultaneously.
(5) Also capable of reactive power meter method measurement
Reactive power can be measured at the user’s option by either the reactivepower meter method (using a reactive power meter), or by calculating theactual value on the basis of the voltage, current, and active power.
(6) Power factor delay/advance discrimination display
The power factor and the reactive power display distinguishes between aphase delay and a phase advance.
(7) Capable of integrated measurement by polarity
Integrated measurements by polarity, such as active powerconsumption/regeneration/addition and reactive power delay/advance/overall,can be displayed simultaneously.
(8) Capable of demand measurement
If the demand measurement method is used, measurement suited for dailyreporting, weekly, reporting, or monthly reporting is possible.
(9) Equipped with RS-232C interface
An RS-232C interface is standard on the 3166. This interface can be used toconnect the 3166 to a printer, a personal computer, a modem, etc., in order toautomate measurement operations.
(10) Selectable display language
The display can be switched between Japanese and English.
3────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1.2 Features────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
(11) Supports a floppy disk drive
By using the 3166 in combination with the optional floppy disk drive, data canbe collected over extended periods for demand measurement, etc.
(12) Capable of high-speed D/A output
By adding the optional D/A output connector, the 3166 can provide fourchannels of high-speed analog output.
(13) Capable of harmonic measurement
By using the optional harmonic analysis software, the 3166 can measureharmonic on power lines.
(14) Compact and lightweight
The 3166 is compact and lightweight. In addition, if the optional carrying caseis used, the 3166 can be used to take measurements in the field while still inits case.
4────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3 4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Front Panel
1
2
3
4
5
6
1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part
DisplayThe 3166 is equipped with a 4.7-inch LCD display with backlight. Thelanguage used on the display can be switched between Japanese and English.
Function keys (F1 to F5)These keys are used to switch the display, select/change settings, etc. (Thesekeys are represented by the mark mark in the text.)
Wiring key (WIRING)This setting key is used to select the line to be tested.
Check key (CHECK)This key is used to check for incorrect wiring, to check the contents of settings,and to set the key lock.
Voltage range key (U)This key is used to set the voltage measurement range.
Current range key (I)This key is used to set the current measurement range.
5────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
7
8
9
10
11
Print key (PRINT)This key is used to manually print the measured values if there is a printerconnected to the interface connector.
Save key (SAVE)This key is used to manually save measured values and setting conditions onfloppy disk if a floppy disk drive unit is connected to the 3166.
Measurement data reset key (DATA RESET)This key is used to reset (clear) measurement data for integrated values andmaximum/minimum values.
Measurement start/stop key (START/STOP)This key is used to start/stop integrated and demand measurement.
Cursor keyThis key is used to select setting items displayed on the screen, and to changethose settings. Pressing on the up, down, left, and right arrow portions of thecursor key(▲・▼・ ・ )moves the cursor in the corresponding directionon the screen.
* Keys 3 through 11 above are printed in reverse in this manual (white on black).
6────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1 2
Side Panel
1
2
AC power inletThe power cord connects to this inlet. The 3166 automatically adapts to anysupply voltage ranging from 100 V to 240 V.
Power switch (POWER)This switch turns the power on and off.
7────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part────────────────────────────────────────────────────
3 4 5 6
2 1
Connector Section
1
2
3
4
5
6
Voltage input connectors (U-INPUT)Connect the 9438 VOLTAGE CORD provided with this power meter, inaccordance with the line to be tested.
Current input connectors (I-INPUT)Connect the optional 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR in accordance with theline to be tested, and then lock the connections securely.
D/A output connector (D/A OUT)Connect the 9441 CONNECTION CABLE (for D/A OUTPUT) provided withthis power meter to this D/A output in order to obtain analog output from thepower meter.
External control connector (REMOTE)Connect the optional 9440 CONNECTION CABLE (for External Control) tothis connector in order to control the start/stop of integrated or demandmeasurement, printing, and the saving of data to floppy disk.
RS-232C interface connector (RS-232C)This interface connector is used to connect a printer, personal computer ormodem to this power meter.
FDD unit connector (FDD)Connect the optional 9595 FDD UNIT to this connector in order to savemeasurement data or save/load settings.
8────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1.4 PLL Synchronization────────────────────────────────────────────────────
CAUTION ・The fundamental frequency ranges that can be measured are 45 to 66 Hzand 360 to 440 Hz. Measurement is not possible outside of these ranges.
・Frequency-controlled lines, such as the secondary line of an inverter, cannotbe measured.
・The displayed value may be unstable due to frequency fluctuations on theline being measured or due to momentary loss of power.
・If PLL synchronization is lost, the 3166 enters the "PLL unlocked" state, andswitches to the fixed clock for measurement. Note that even in this case, thefrequency measurement is displayed in a range from 40 to 500 Hz. Thevalues obtained during integrated measurement and demand measurementare measured with the fixed clock in the PLL unlocked state. Once the PLLsynchronization stabilizes and the lock is regained, the power meter recoversautomatically.* The PLL synchronization is warning displayed during the PLL unlocked.・A measured value may be displayed when the base frequency of the line
being measured is less than 45 Hz, but that measured value is invalid.・If the line being measured is carrying direct current, accurate measurement
is not possible.
1.4 PLL Synchronization
This power meter is capable of accurate measurement because it uses the PLLsynchronization method, in which digital sampling is conducted insynchronization with the fundamental frequency of the line that is beingmeasured.Keep the following points in mind in order to assure the proper use of thisfeature.
9────────────────────────────────────────────────────
2.1 Basic Operations────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Cursor Key
Chapter 2Key Operations and the
Initial Screen
2.1 Basic Operations
This chapter explains the basic key operations needed in order to takemeasurements and describes the initial screen.
Basic operations
This power meter is operated by using the three types of keys described below.
(1) The cursor key is used to move the cursor in order to select the measurementmode and to select and change settings. Pressing on the up, down, left, andright (▲・▼・ ・ ) arrow portions of the cursor key moves the cursor in thecorresponding direction on the screen.
Example Selecting a measurement mode
10────────────────────────────────────────────────────
2.1 Basic Operations────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Item Selected by the Cursor
Function Keys
Press the cursor key and move the cursor on the screen to the desiredmeasurement mode. When a mode is selected with the cursor, that mode ishighlighted.
Press the EXEC. function key.
(2) The Function keys can be used to directly select one of the options for aparticular setting.
Example Setting/changing an item in setting mode
Press the cursor key and move the cursor on the screen to the desiredselection.
Change the setting by selecting one of the options displayed in the Function
keys. The available options displayed in the Function keys vary according tothe item that is being set.
For some settings that have a large number of available options, a selectionwindow will open. In this case, use the cursor key to move the cursor on thescreen to the desired option. When a option is selected with the cursor, thatoption is highlighted. The EXEC. function key is used for setting.
A window also opens for error messages, etc.
11────────────────────────────────────────────────────
2.1 Basic Operations────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Function Enter Key
Special Keys
1p2w 1p3w 3p3w 3p3w3i 3p4w
NOTE
(3) Special keys are used for operations such as selecting the wiring method forthe line being measured, setting the voltage/current range, starting/stoppingmeasurement, printing manually, and saving data manually.
Example Changing the wiring method
The wiring method setting changes each time the WIRING key is pressed.
When using the 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR (rated AC 100A), operate in the20A-100A range.
12────────────────────────────────────────────────────
2.1 Basic Operations────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Out range 150 V 300 V 600 V
Out range 20 A 50 A 100 A 200 A 500 A
Example Changing the voltage range
The voltage range setting changes each time the iUi key is pressed.
Example Changing the current range
The current range setting changes each time the iiI i key is pressed.
13────────────────────────────────────────────────────
2.2 Screen Configuration────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Window
Status line
Screen Display Example
When using the reactive power meter method
Display hold state
Scaling is set
Automatic output is set(FD auto output, RS-232C automatic output)
Key lock state
PLL unlocked state
Voltage or current is outside of dynamic range
Over-range indication
2.2 Screen Configuration
This power meter uses a window system for ease of operation. The screenconfiguration is basically the same for all modes. Windows open as necessary.Setting conditions, the current status, and warning messages when errorsoccur are also displayed in windows.For details on the organization of all of the screens, including the linksbetween them, refer to item 5 in the Appendices.
14────────────────────────────────────────────────────
2.2 Screen Configuration────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Initial screen
Execute
ReturnExecute
Return
FD
Setup Function setup1/2
Next page
Previous page
Functionsetup 2/2
Return
Execute Execute Execute
Normalmeasurement
Instantaneousvalues
Minimum/maximum
F1
Return Return Return
Check Check CheckNormal measurem-ent setup screen 1/2
Nextpage
Previo-us page
Normal measurem-ent setup screen 2/2
Wiring diagram
Wiring check
Integrated measurem-ent setup screen 1/2
Integratedmeasurement
Screen switching
Instantaneous ValuesMinimum/maximumIntegration 1/2
Integration 2/2
Demandmeasurement
Nextpage
Previo-us page
Integrated measurem-ent setup screen 2/2
Wiring diagram
Wiring check
Demand Measurem-ent setup screen 1/2
Demand measurem-ent setup screen 2/2
Nextpage
Previo-us page
Item changing
Wiring diagram
Wiring check
Page changing
11
Instantaneous values
Integrated values
Demand
Daily Report
Weekly Report
Monthly Report
Minimum/maximum, Integration 1/2, Integration 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Demand 1/2, Demand 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Daily Report 1/2, Daily Report 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Weekly Report 1/2, Weekly Report 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Monthly Report 1/2, Monthly Report 2/211
Screen Configuration
15────────────────────────────────────────────────────
2.3 Initial Screen────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Initial Screen
2.3 Initial Screen
There are six modes available on the initial screen.
(1) "Normal Measurement" mode
This mode is used to take instantaneous measurements of voltage, current, orpower, and to print out the measured values or save them to floppy disk.
(2) "Integrated Measurement" mode
This mode is used to take integrated power measurements.
(3) "Demand Measurement" mode
This mode is used to continuously take integrated power measurements foreach demand time period (a set time interval).
(4) "Harmonic Measurement" mode (Requires the 9556 HARMONIC ANALYSISSOFTWARE, available separately.)
This mode is used to perform harmonic analysis on instantaneousmeasurements of voltage, current, or power.
(5) "Setting" mode
This mode is used to set measurement conditions that are common to all ofthe measurement modes. Note that these settings can be changed on thesetting screen for all of the measurement modes.
16────────────────────────────────────────────────────
2.3 Initial Screen────────────────────────────────────────────────────
(6) "FD" (Floppy Disk) mode (Requires the 9595 FDD UNIT, available separately.)
This mode is used to load setting conditions and measured values that werepreviously saved on floppy disk, to perform file operations, etc.
For details on measurement modes 1 to 4, refer to chapters 5 through 7 and15, respectively. For details on the "setting" mode, refer to chapter 8. Fordetails on the "floppy disk" mode, refer to chapter 14.
17────────────────────────────────────────────────────
────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
CAUTION This product should be installed and operated indoors only, between 0 and 40℃ and 80% RH or less.
NOTE
Chapter 3Before TakingMeasurements
This chapter explains how to connect the voltage cords, the clamp on sensor,and the power cord, how to turn on the power, and how to execute the self-test.
Before using the unit, make sure that the sheathing on the 9438, 9291, or9298 are not damaged and that no bare wire are exposed. If there is damage,using the unit could cause electric shock. Contact your dealer or HIOKIrepresentative.
18────────────────────────────────────────────────────
3.1 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Connect voltage cords to the power meter
Connect clamp on sensors to the power meter
Connect power cord to the power meter
Turn on power
Confirm results of self-check
3.1 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure
A flow chart of the basic operating procedure for this power meter is shownbelow.
19────────────────────────────────────────────────────
3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
DANGER Voltage input connectors 1 to 3 are common for input connector N, eachinput connectors are not insulated.
Do not connect the unnecessary number of cords.
CAUTION ・For safety reasons, the diameter of the voltage input connectors on thepower meter is designed to be slightly smaller than the metal plugs on thevoltage cords. Although the fit is slightly snug when plugging in these cords,be certain to insert the plug all of the way.
・Although the voltage cords are normally plugged directly into the voltageinput connectors on the power meter, use the voltage cord locks that areprovided if it is necessary to assure that the voltage cords do not comeunplugged accidentally. These cord locks are also designed to fit snugly forsafety reasons.
3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords
Use only the 9438 VOLTAGE CORDS provided with the unit formeasurement. The set of 9438 VOLTAGE CORDS provided with this powermeter consists of one black cord, red cord, yellow cord, and blue cord. Connectthe proper number of cords, depending on the type of line being measured.
(1) Connecting the voltage cords
1. Connect the number of voltage cords that are required in order to measure theline in question to the voltage input connectors on the power meter. Plug eachvoltage cord into its corresponding numbered voltage input connector. Eachconnector number is color coded. Be certain to plug each cord all of the wayinto its connector.
20────────────────────────────────────────────────────
3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Voltage Cord Connections
Line being measured Input voltage connectors used (color code) Voltage cord used
Single-phase,two-wire
N connector (black) Black cord
No. 1 connector (red) Red cord
Single-phase,three-wire
N connector (black) Black cord
No. 1 connector (red) Red cord
No. 2 connector (yellow) Yellow cord
Three-phase,three-wire
N connector (black) Black cord
No. 1 connector (red) Red cord
No. 2 connector (yellow) Yellow cord
Three-phase,four-wire
N connector (black) Black cord
No. 1 connector (red) Red cord
No. 2 connector (yellow) Yellow cord
No. 3 connector (blue) Blue cord
2. When disconnecting a voltage cord, grasp both the voltage cord plug and thepower meter, and pull the plug out.
(2) When using the voltage cord locks
1. Install voltage cord locks for each of the voltage cords required for the type ofline being measured.
21────────────────────────────────────────────────────
3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
9438 VOLTAGE CORD
Voltage cord lock
Voltage Cord Lock Installation
NOTE
2. Connect the voltage cords to the voltage input connectors on the power meterin the same manner as described in step 1 n the previous section. Plug eachvoltage cord into its corresponding numbered voltage input connector. Eachconnector number is color coded. (Be certain to plug each cord all of the wayinto its connector until the voltage cord lock locks.)
3. When disconnecting a voltage cord, squeeze the tabs on both sides of thevoltage cord lock to release the lock and then pull out the plug.
Whenever you are connecting or disconnecting the voltage cords, be certain tograsp the plug, not the cord.
22────────────────────────────────────────────────────
3.3 Connecting the Clamp on Sensors────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Connecting the Clamp on Sensors
Line being measured Current input connector used (color code)
Single-phase,two-wire measurement
No. 1 connector (red connector)
Single-phase,three-wire measurement
No. 1 connector (red connector)
No. 2 connector (yellow connector)
Three-phase, three-wire,two-current measurement
No. 1 connector (red connector)
No. 2 connector (yellow connector)
Three-phase, three-wire,three-current measurement
No. 1 connector (red connector)
No. 2 connector (yellow connector)
No. 3 connector (blue connector)
Three-phase, four-wiremeasurement
No. 1 connector (red connector)
No. 2 connector (yellow connector)
No. 3 connector (blue connector)
3.3 Connecting the Clamp on Sensors
Use Hioki’s 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR with this power meter.
(1) Connect only the number of clamp on sensors needed for the type of line beingmeasured.
(2) Align the clamp on sensor connector with the connector guide notch on thecurrent input connector. While pushing the connector in, turn it to the rightto lock it.
23────────────────────────────────────────────────────
3.3 Connecting the Clamp on Sensors────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Current connector
Disconnect the Sensor Connector
CAUTION ・A plastic BNC connector is used for the clamp on sensor connector. Whendisconnecting a BNC connector, be sure to release the lock first, then holdthe connector and pull carefully. Using force to pull the connector withoutreleasing the lock, or pulling on the cable instead of the connector maydamage the connector.
・Do not apply current to the clamp on sensor while the clamp on sensor is notconnected to the power meter. Furthermore, do not disconnect the clamp onsensor from the 3166 while in the process of measuring current.
To disconnect the sensor connector, turn it to the left to release the lock andthen pull it out.
24────────────────────────────────────────────────────
3.4 Turning On the Power────────────────────────────────────────────────────
WARNING To avoid electric shock and ensure safe operation, connect the powercable to a grounded (3-contact) outlet.
Before turning the product on, make sure the source voltage matchesthat indicated on the product’s power connector. Connection to animproper supply voltage may damage the product and present anelectrical hazard.
CAUTION When the power is turned off, do not apply voltage or current to the voltageinput terminal, clamp on sensor. Doing so may damage the unit.
Turning Off the Power
Power Supply Inlet
3.4 Turning On the Power
(1) First, connect the power cord. Use the power cord provided with the powermeter.
1. Turn the power switch that is located on the back of the case to the "OFF"position.
2. Connect the power cord to the AC power inlet.The 3166 can handle a supply voltage ranging from 100 V to 240 V (50/60 Hz).
(2) Next, turn on the power.
25────────────────────────────────────────────────────
3.4 Turning On the Power────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Self-test Screen
NOTE
NOTE
1. Turn the power switch to the "ON" position.2. As soon as the power is turned on, the power meter executes a self-test, and
displays the title screen.The title screen displays“the product model number, the version number, andthe installed optional units”.After the self-test is completed, the "Initial" screen is displayed. However, ifthe power switch was turned off in one of the measurement modes, the screenfor that measurement mode is displayed.
3. Set the display language.When the power meter is shipped from the factory, "Japanese" is set as thedisplay language.To set the display to "English," press the ENGLISH function key.
When a system reset is executed, "Japanese" is set as the display language.Turn on the power with pressing the DATA RESET key, a system reset isexecuted.(Continue pressing the DATA RESET key until beep.)
4. Allow the power meter to warm up for at least 30 minutes.
If it is difficult to read the display after turning on the power, press the F1 orF2 key with pressing the ▼ cursor key to adjust the contrast.
26────────────────────────────────────────────────────
3.5 Self-test────────────────────────────────────────────────────
3.5 Self-test
(1) The 3166 has a backup function that stores settings and measured valuesfrom the last time the unit was used. To begin new measurements, confirmthe settings and then execute a data reset.
(2) If an error is generated during the self-test, perform a system reset, restoringall of the settings to their initial factory settings. The minimum/maximumvalues and integrated measurement values are also initialized to "0".
27────────────────────────────────────────────────────
3.6 Attaching the Stand────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Using a Stand
Stand holder
Attaching the Stand
3.6 Attaching the Stand
A stand is included with the 3166 in order to tilt the unit upwards so that it iseasier to view the screen when the unit is to be used on a desktop. Use thestand when needed.
Reference If the 9595 FDD UNIT is to be connected, the stand cannot be used, so removethe stand before attempting to connect the floppy disk drive.
(1) Attaching the stand
1. Attach the two stand holders to the back of the 3166’s case, using the fourscrews provided. Make sure that the holders are facing the right way whenyou attach them.
2. Compress the stand bracket and slide it into the holes in the stand holders.3. The stand bracket locks into place at a right angle to the 3166 and is ready for
use.
28────────────────────────────────────────────────────
3.6 Attaching the Stand────────────────────────────────────────────────────
(2) Removing the stand
1. Compress the stand bracket and slide it out of the holes in the stand holders.2. Remove the four screws holding the stand holders in place. Be careful not to
accidentally remove any other screws.3. Store the stand components together in a safe place for future use.
29────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.1 Before Measurement────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
DANGER This unit cannot be used on voltage lines of 600 Vrms. If the voltageexceeds 600 VAC, there will be a short-circuit accident or electrocutionaccident will result.
CAUTION ・Avoid stepping on or pinching the cable, which could damage the cableinsulation.
・To prevent damage to the product and sensor, never connect or disconnecta sensor while the power is on.
Chapter 4Wiring Methods
4.1 Before Measurement
This chapter explains how to wire the power meter to the line being measured,and how to check for incorrect wiring.
30────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.2 Cautions Concerning Wiring────────────────────────────────────────────────────
DANGER Clamp sensor should only be connected to the secondary side of abreaker, so the breaker can prevent an accident if a short circuit occurs.Connections should never be made to the primary side of a breaker,because unrestricted current flow could cause a serious accident if ashort circuit occurs.
If the secondary circuit is accidentally opened while power is flowing tothe CT, extremely high voltage will be generated at the connector on thesecondary side, which could damage the insulation and create a highlydangerous condition. Although this power meter can takemeasurements through the clamp on sensors without opening thesecondary side, whenever you are connecting another meter, be certainto short the secondary side before connecting that meter.
Connect the clamp-on sensors or voltage cords to the product first, andthen to the active lines to be measured. Observe the following to avoidelectric shock and short circuits.
・Do not allow the voltage cable clips to touch two wires at the sametime. Never touch the edge of the metal clips.
・When the clamp sensor is opened, do not allow the metal part of theclamp to touch any exposed metal, or to short between
Voltage input connectors 1 to 3 are common for input connector N, eachinput connectors are not insulated.
Do not connect the unnecessary number of cords.
WARNING To avoid electric shock when measuring live lines, wear appropriateprotective gear, such as insulated rubber gloves, boots and a safetyhelmet.
CAUTION ・In order to prevent electric shock and short-circuit accidents, use thesupplied voltage input cables to connect the line to be measured to thevoltage input terminals.
・When the power is turned off, do not apply voltage or current to the voltageinput terminal, clamp on sensor. Doing so may damage the unit.
4.2 Cautions Concerning Wiring
When connecting the power meter to a live line, be sure to observe thefollowing warnings.
31────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.3 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Set the wiring that is suited for the line being measured
Press the CHECK key so that the "wiring" diagram screen is displayed
Press the EXEC. key and check for incorrect wiring
If incorrect wiring is detected, correct it as instructed
Confirm that all wiring has been completed correctly
Wire the power meter to the line being measured according to the wiring diagram
Select the "Setting" mode on the "Initial" screen
Set the frequency of the line being measured
Return to the "Initial" screen, and select the target measurement mode
4.3 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure
32────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Item Selected with the Cursor
Wiring Setting Display
Single-phase, two-wire setting 1p2w
Single-phase, three-wire setting 1p3w
Three-phase, three-wire, two-current setting 3p3w
Three-phase, three-wire, three-current setting 3p3w3i
Three-phase, four-wire setting 3p4w
4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods
(1) Measurement mode selectionThe following example will assume that "Normal Measurement" is to beselected.
1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Normal Measurement."The selected item is highlighted.
2. Press the EXEC. function key.3. The "Measurement Value" screen is displayed.
To return to the initial screen, press the RET. key.4. Press the WIRING key, and set the wiring that is suited for the line being
measured. The wiring setting display is displayed in alternation, press theWIRING key every one time.
(2) Wiring diagram display and wiring
1. Press the CHECK key.2. The "Check" window is displayed.
33────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Check Window
Wiring Diagram Display(Single-phase, Two-wire)
Red
Black
LoadPowersupply
1
N
Wiring Diagram (Single-phase, Two-wire)
3. Position the cursor on "Move to Wiring."4. Press the EXEC. function key.5. The "Wiring Check" screen is displayed.
The wiring settings and the wiring diagram are displayed on the screen.
34────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Wiring Diagram Display(Single-phase, Three-wire)
Red
BlackLoad
Yellow
Powersupply
1
N
2
Wiring Diagram (Single-phase, Three-wire)
Wiring Diagram Display (Three-phase,Three-wire, Two-current Measurement)
Red
LoadPowersupply
Black
Yellow
1
2
3
Wiring Diagram (Three-phase,Three-wire, Two-current Measurement)
35────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Wiring Diagram Display (Three-phase,Three-wire, Three-current Measurement)
Red
LoadPowersupply
Black
Yellow
1
2
3
Wiring Diagram (Three-phase,Three-wire, Three-current Measurement)
Wiring Diagram Display(Three-phase, Four-wire)
Red
LoadPowersupply
Blue
Black
Yellow1
2
3
N
Wiring Diagram (Three-phase, Four-wire)
NOTE
CAUTION ・Although this power meter can by itself measure lines ranging from single-phase, two-wire lines to three-phase, four-wire lines, the channels are notindependent of each other, so this power meter can not be used as threesingle-phase power meters.
・When measuring a three-phase line, connect the wiring so that the phasesequence of the line being measured matches the phase sequence of themeasurement channels of the 3166.
・In order to take accurate measurements, it is essential that the wiring settingand the actual wiring be correct.・Make the wiring settings before pressing the CHECK key.
36────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Load
Power supply
Line being measured
Arrow
Direction of the Clamp on Sensor
NOTE
NOTE
6. Connect the voltage cords and clamp on sensors to the line being measured asindicated in the wiring diagram.Securely clip the voltage cords onto a metallic portion of the electrical wirefrom which the voltage can be read.Clamp the clamp on sensors onto the sheathing of the electrical wire with thearrow on the clamp pointing towards the load in accordance with the voltagechannel.
With the 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR, the mark " " is used. When clamping,direct the arrowhead toward the load.
7. After the wiring is completed, perform the incorrect wiring check.Press the RET. function key to return to the measurement screen.
If the CHECK key is pressed while the "Instantaneous Value" screen isdisplayed and the display returns to the "Wiring Check" screen, the currentminimum and maximum values is retained, but if the EXEC. function key ispressed, the data gathered up to that point is cleared.
37────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring────────────────────────────────────────────────────
CAUTION ・Execute this function as needed.・Incorrect wiring will not be detected properly on special types of lines, such
as lines carrying power flows or lines that are used both to power machineryand lighting equipment.
・Even if the sampling method is PLL sync, always set the frequency of theline being measured on the setting screen. (If settings are not made, aincorrect wiring will not be detected properly.)
NOTE
4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring
・Cannot be executed during integrated or demand measurement (includingwhile the 3166 is in standby), or while there is any measurement data inmemory. Perform a data reset first, and then execute.・During the check for incorrect wiring, the voltage and current ranges are both
set to "fixed" range.・When measuring a three-phase, three-wire, three-current (3p3w3i), the third
channel of clamp on sensor reversed connection will not be detected.・A incorrect wiring may not be detected properly if more than one incorrect
wiring occurs at once; if the voltage and current levels are low; or if the powerfactor is close to zero. On the Instantaneous Value screen, check the displayedvalue for abnormality.
(1) Operating procedure
1. On the "Wiring Check" screen, press the EXEC. function key.The "Checking Item" window is displayed and the items are checked insequence automatically.
The checking items are automatically selected from among the following,according to the wiring setting.
Voltage input present or notVoltage input level imbalance (for settings other than single-phase, two-wire)Discrimination between single-phase, three-wire line and three-phase,three-wire line (for single-phase, three-wire setting and three-phase, three-wire setting)Phase sequence check (for three-phase settings)Current input present or notClamp on sensor reversed connection
While the checking operation is in progress, the message "Checking" isdisplayed on the screen. The results of each check are displayed as "○" (noincorrect wiring found) and "×" (incorrect wiring found).
38────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring────────────────────────────────────────────────────
End Screen
When Incorrect Wiring Was Found
2. If the checking operation ends with the results for all of the items being"○", the "End" screen is displayed.
3. Press the END function key.4. The check is completed and the "Wiring Check" window is displayed.5. Press the YES key.6. The display returns to the "Measurement Value" screen.
(2) Operation if incorrect wiring was found
An "×" is displayed in the field for the item where the incorrect wiring wasfound, and the checking operation stops temporarily. The keys that areavailable in order to take action in response are displayed in the functionsection.
Pressing the RESTART key in order to start the checking operation from thebeginning.Pressing the ERROR key to displays a description of the wiring error in the"Description" window.Pressing the ITEM key displays the incorrect wiring check items and theresults of the check.Pressing the LINE FIG key to display the wiring diagram screen.Pressing the END key causes the "Check" window to be displayed, askingwhether or not to stop the checking operation.
39────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Explanation Window
1. Press the ERROR key.2. When the "Description" window is displayed, check the details of the wiring
mistake. To return to the "Checking Item" window, press the ITEM key.
3. Correct the connection that is in error.To view the wiring diagram, press the LINE FIG key.If the ERROR key or the ITEM key is pressed while the wiring diagram screenis displayed, the display returns to either the "Description" window or the"Checking Item" window.
4. Press the RESTART key.Automatic checking begins again from the start of the checking items.
5. If incorrect wiring is found again, repeat steps 1 through 3 until the result forall checking items is "○".
6. Press the END key.7. The "Check" window is displayed, asking whether or not to halt the wiring
check.8. Press the YES key,and the display returns to the "Measurement" screen.
(3) Operation in order to halt the wiring checking operation while it is in progress
1. Press the END key.2. The "Check" window appears, asking whether or not to stop the checking
operation.3. Press the YES key.4. The wiring checking operation ends, and the display returns to the
"Measurement" screen.If the NO key was pressed, the wiring checking operation would continue.
40────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.6 Measuring Ranges────────────────────────────────────────────────────
*Auto-range threshold value
Display range
Valid measurementrange
Auto-range operation↑Increases to the next higher range↓Decreases to the next lower range
Range
Input voltage
Voltage Ranges
Display range
*Auto-range threshold value
Valid measurementrange
Auto-range operation↑Increases to the next
higher range↓Decreases to the next lower
range
Range
Input current
Current Ranges
4.6 Measuring Ranges
The voltage and current ranges current ranges are set by using special voltageand range keys. The setting can be set either automatically (auto-rangefunction) or manually. The display ranges and the valid measurement ranges(the range over which accuracy is guaranteed) for the measurement ranges areas shown below.
41────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.6 Measuring Ranges────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
Display:
Display:
Dynamic range overflowThis is displayed if, while a waveform is being input (A/D conversion), theinput goes outside of the range defined by the minimum and maximum values.If this occurs, change the range settings to accommodate the input. However,detected minimum/maximum values are displayed and held for all measuredvalues (even if they exceed 130%f.s. of the range in question) aside fromvalues outside of the dynamic range.
Over rangeThe measured values that are displayed for each voltage, current and powerrange can range from 0.4%f.s. to 130%f.s. The "Over range" message isdisplayed when the measurement value of the input signal exceeds 130%f.s.In this event, change the range setting so that it can accommodate the input.
42────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.6 Measuring Ranges────────────────────────────────────────────────────
43────────────────────────────────────────────────────
────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Chapter 5Normal Measurement
In "Normal Measurement" mode, it is possible to measure instantaneousvalues for voltage, current, power, etc., and to measure the minimum andmaximum instantaneous values.When taking integrated power measurements or demand measurements,select either "Integrated Measurement" mode or "Demand" mode.This chapter explains the necessary settings for normal measurement; how todisplay instantaneous values, minimum and maximum values, and the time atwhich they were generated; how to save data to floppy disk; and how to printdata on the printer.
44────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.1 Capabilities in Normal Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.1 Capabilities in Normal Measurement Mode
The following measurement display functions and data processing functionscan be used in normal measurement mode.
●Display (Refer to section 18.3, "Measurement Items and Calculations"for details on the items that are displayed.)
(1) Instantaneous value display
(2) Instantaneous value minimum/maximum display (including display of the timeat which the minimum/maximum value was generated)
●Data processing
(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed manually.
(2) When a FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy diskmanually.
(3) When the D/A output connector is installed: Measured values can be convertedfrom digital to analog signals and output (for analog recording).
●External control
(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed under thecontrol of external control signals.
(2) When a FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy diskunder the control of external control signals.
45────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Select "Normal Measurement" from the initial screen
Check for incorrect wiring and confirm that there are nowiring errors
Return to the "Measurement" screen
Check the settings
Measure
(Refer to section 4.4,
"Wiring Settings and Methods.")
(Refer to section 4.5,
"Checking for Incorrect Wiring.")
Wire the power meter to the line being measured
5.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure
46────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.3 Preparations for Measurement────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking the Basic
Setting Conditions
Instantaneous Value Measurement Screen
WARNING Before wiring the power meter, read chapter 4, "Wiring Methods," verythoroughly, and then proceed, being careful to avoid electrocution.
NOTE
5.3 Preparations for Measurement
(1) Selecting "Normal Measurement Mode"
1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Normal Measurement."
2. Press the EXEC. function key.
3. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Instantaneous valuemeasurement begins automatically.
(2) Wiring the power meter to the line being measured
The wiring setting and wiring diagram suited for the line being measured aredisplayed. Connect the voltage cords and clamp on sensors to the line beingmeasured as indicated in the wiring diagram.
When measuring a three-phase line, match the phase sequence of the linesthat are to be measured with the measuring channel numbers of the powermeter.
(3) Checking for incorrect wiringPerform incorrect wiring checks as necessary. (Refer to section 4.5, "Checkingfor Incorrect Wiring.")
47────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.3 Preparations for Measurement────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Display of Basic Settings
5.3.2 Confirming Settings
Normal Measurement Setting Screen(page 1/2)
(4) Checking the basic setting conditionsThe basic settings (wiring, voltage range, current range, measurement method,source, and line frequency) are displayed in the lower right corner of themeasurement screen.If this settings necessary, the setting can be changed on "NormalMeasurement Settings" screen (page 2/2).
Confirm the setting items that are required for normal measurement mode.
1. Press the CHECK key.
2. The "Check" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor on "Move to Setup" and then press the EXEC. function key.
4. The "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.The settings for the functions that can be used in normal measurement mode(print/save items, file names, D/A output items) can be confirmed on thisscreen.
48────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.3 Preparations for Measurement────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Normal Measurement Setting Screen(page 2/2)
5. Press the NEXT function key.
6. The "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed.The settings necessary for measurement are displayed and can be confirmedon this screen.
7. Pressing the PREVIOUS function key returns the display to the "NormalMeasurement Settings" screen (page 1/2). Pressing the RET. function keyreturns the display to the "Measurement" screen.For details on how to change the settings, refer to section 5.5, "Changing theSettings."
49────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.4.1 Displaying Instantaneous Values
Instantaneous Value Measurement Screen
NOTE
5.4 Taking Measurements
●Screen configuration in "Normal Measurement" mode
"Normal Measurement" mode uses two screens:
・Instantaneous values・Minimum/maximum values
1. Because INSTANT and MIN./MAX. are displayed in alternation for the functionkeys, press the "Instantaneous Value" key.
2. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Measurement ofinstantaneous values starts immediately.
3. Press the DATA RESET key.All saved data on the minimum/maximum instantaneous values, and thetimes at which those values were generated, is cleared (deleted), and replacedwith new data. Press this key to clear the previous data.
The relationship between the minimum and maximum values is shown in thefollowing chart. However, if the data reset is not executed, earlier data is alsodisplayed.
50────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Instantaneous values
Maximum value
Present
Maximum value
Minimum valueMinimum value
Change ininstantaneous values
Elapsed time
DATA RESET
Minimum/Maximum Values During Normal Measurement
Display Hold
NOTE
4. The items that can be measured (in accordance with the wiring setting) aredisplayed on the screen.
(1) Holding the display of measured values
1. Press the HOLD function key.
2. The H mark is displayed on the status line, and the display is held. To releasethe display, press the HOLD key again.
・Even if the displayed values are held, the power meter continues to recordmeasurements internally.・The key lock function can be used when necessary to prevent misoperation. To
activate the key lock condition, press the CHECK key and set "Key Lock" toON in the "Check" window. To cancel the key lock condition, press the CHECK
key and set "Key Lock" to OFF.
(2) Leaving "Normal Measurement" mode
1. Press the RET. function key.
2. The "Initial" screen is displayed.
51────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.4.2 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values
NOTE
Minimum/Maximum Screen
On minimum/maximum valuesThis power meter uses two cycles as one sample and takes measurements bycontinuously performing various calculations on the data (without losing thewaveform). This data is displayed intermittently, depending on the displayupdate rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, the minimum andmaximum values are displayed by finding the minimum and maximum valuesin all of the sample values that are being continuously measured.
Therefore, even transient input waveforms generated by a power spike, forexample, will be correctly detected.
1. With the "Instantaneous Value" screen displayed, press the MIN./MAX. functionkey.
2. The "Minimum/Maximum" screen is displayed.
3. If the INSTANT function key is pressed, the display returns to the"Instantaneous Value" screen.
●Displaying the time at which minimum and maximum values weregenerated
1. With the minimum/maximum screen displayed, press the TIME OCCR functionkey.
2. The "Generation Time" window is displayed.
52────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Data reset generation date and time
Minimum value generation date and time
Maximum value generation date and time
Minimum/Maximum Value Generation Time Window
NOTE
5.4.3 Printing Measured Values on the Printer
NOTE
3. Position the cursor on the measurement item for which you wish to see thegeneration time.
4. The generation time is displayed for the item specified by the cursor.
5. If the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closesand the display returns to the "Minimum/Maximum" screen.
"Over range" is defined to mean that the measured value exceeded 130% ofthe voltage or current range, and is indicated by "o.r." (exit minimum andmaximum value)Although the over range indication is made when the measured power exceeds130% of the rated range, if the voltage and current measurements both exceed130% of their respective ranges but the power measurement does not, themeasured power value is displayed.
1. While the measurement screen is displayed, press the PRINT key.
2. The "measurement values" and "time" that were selected as the print/saveitems are printed.Nothing is selected for the initial setting for the print/save value when thepower meter is shipped from the factory. For details on how to change theitems that are to be printed, refer to section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items."
・Different "print/save items" are set for each measurement mode.・Before printing, make sure that the setting for the device connected to the
"RS-232C interface" is "printer," and connect the printer to the power meter.(Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")
53────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.4.4 Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk
NOTE
1. While the measurement screen is displayed, press the SAVE key.
2. The "time" and the "measurement values" that were selected as the "print/save items" are saved under a file name that is assigned automatically.Nothing is selected for the initial setting for the "print/save value" when thepower meter is shipped from the factory. For details on how to change theitems that are to be saved, refer to section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items" andsection 5.5.2, "File Names."
In order to save measurement data to floppy disk, the optional 9595 FDDUNIT must already be connected to the 3166.
54────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.5 Changing the Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.5.1 Print/Save Items
Instantaneous
values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3, Uave)
Current(I1, I2, I3, Iave)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
Maximum
values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3)
Current(I1, I2, I3)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
Minimum
values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3)
Current(I1, I2, I3)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
Print/Save Item Settings
5.5 Changing the Settings
The asterisk ("*") is used in this section to indicate initial values (initialsettings when the power meter is shipped from the factory).
●To display the normal setting screen, press the CHECK key in thenormal measurement mode, and move the cursor to the "Move toSetup" on the Check screen, and then press the EXEC. function key.
●Items that can be changed when the "Normal Measurement Settings"screen (page 1/2) is displayed
These are used to set the items that are to be printed on the printer or savedon floppy disk. The settings are shared for both devices; it is not possible toset items so that they are printed on the printer but not saved on floppy disk.Setting range: Set for 9 blocks * All items are "OFF" (selected).
* Minimum/maximum value data includes the time at which the minimum/maximum was generated.
(1) Position the cursor on an item that is to be set
1. If the cursor is positioned on "All (ALL)", all items can be changed at one time.
2. If the cursor is positioned on "Voltage (VOLT)" and "Instantaneous values(INST.)", the settings in the vertical column and horizontal row can bechanged at one time.
(2) Press the ON , OFF function keys to set each block
55────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.5 Changing the Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.5.2 File Names
File Name Setting
Example Setting only the maximum values for voltage, current, and power forprinting
Position the cursor on "All (ALL)" in order to set all of the settings to "OFF."Press the OFF function key.All setting items are now displayed as "OFF."This is the initial setting.Position the cursor on "Maximum values (MAX)."Press the ON function key.The settings for the voltage, current, and power in the maximum valuescolumn are all displayed as "ON."If no other items are to be set, press the RET. function key to return to themeasurement screen.
This sets the file name when measurement data is being saved to floppy disk.The file name, the date and time at which measurement started, themeasurement data itself, and the date and time at which the measurementdata was saved are all saved on the floppy disk.
Setting range: Up to eight normal-width characters (alphanumerics, katakana)or four double-width characters (kanji, hiragana, katakana).
* No file name is set when the power meter is shipped from thefactory.
(1) Setting the file name for the first time
1. Move the cursor to the file name item.
2. Press the CHANGE function key.
3. The "Text Input" window is displayed.
The input cursor is displayed at the first character in the input field, and theselection cursor is displayed in the normal-width character selection area.Up to eight normal-width or four double-width characters can be input. Bothtypes can be used together.Alphanumerics and katakana can be used for the normal-width characters,and kanji, hiragana, and katakana can be used for the double-widthcharacters. JIS level 1 kanji can be used.
56────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.5 Changing the Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Input field
Nornal-width selection field
Double-width selection field
Text Input Window
4. Function key operation
INPUT key: Writes the selected character to the input field. (Valid only when the cursor is in the normal-width or double-width character selection area.) Once the character is input, the input cursor automatically moves to the next character.BS key: Move the input cursor back one character from its current position. (Normally valid.) This key is used to delete a character that was input.CHANGE key: Switches the cursor between the input field, the normal- width character selection area, and the double-width character selection area.ENTER key: Registers the file name that was input as the new file name, and returns the display to the "Setting" screen.
Example Input "MODELA1" for the file name
Using the cursor key, move the selection cursor to the "M" in the normal-widthcharacter selection area.Press the INPUT function key. An "M" appears in the input field.Move the selection cursor to "O" and press the INPUT key.Move the selection cursor to "D" and press the INPUT key.Move the selection cursor to "E" and press the INPUT key.Move the selection cursor to "L" and press the INPUT key.Move the selection cursor to "A" and press the INPUT key.Move the selection cursor to "1" and press the INPUT key.The name "MODELA1" is now displayed in the input field.Press the ENTER function key. The "Text Input" window closes, and"MODELA1" is set as the file name and is displayed in the "File Name" fieldin the "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2).
57────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.5 Changing the Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Text Input
NOTE
(2) Partially changing the file name from "MODELA1" to "MODELA3"
1. Press the CHANGE function key to open the "Text Input" window.
2. Press the CHANGE function key twice to move the selection cursor to the inputfield and then position the input cursor in the space after the "1" in"MODELA1".
3. Press the BS function key, deleting the character "1".
4. Press the CHANGE function key, move the selection cursor to the normal-widthcharacter selection area and position it on the character "3".
5. Press the INPUT function key.Confirm that the input field has been changed to "MODELA3".
6. Press the ENTER function key.
7. The "Text Input" window closes, and "MODELA3" is set as the file name andis displayed in the "File Name" field.
(3) Closing the just-opened "Text Input" window without changing the file name
1. Press the ENTER function key.
2. The same file name as before is set and is displayed in the "File Name" field.
・When performing normal measurement, if any settings other than "D/Aoutput items," "backlight," "contrast," or "buzzer" are changed but anew filename is not set, the data is saved under a file name that is generatedautomatically.・If no file name is set, a file named "AUTOXXX" is generated automatically
and the setting conditions are saved in that file."XXX" represents a number from "000" to "999"; the program uses the smallestnumber that is still available.・Up to eight normal-width (alphanumerics and katakana) or four double-width
characters (kanji, hiragana, and katakana) can be used in file names. JISlevel 1 kanji can be used.・Although measurement data that has been saved can be output directly to a
printer.・In order to save measurement data to floppy disk, the optional 9595 FDD
UNIT must be connected to the power meter.
58────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.5 Changing the Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.5.3 D/A Output Items
D/A Output Item Settings
D/A Output Items Setting Window
NOTE
Four channels of D/A output can be output simultaneously.The output voltage is DC±5 V/f.s.
* ch1:U1, ch2:I1, ch3:P, ch4:λ
Setting choices: Voltage (U1, U2, U3,Uave), current (I1, I2, I3,Iave), activepower (P), reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), power factor(λ),and frequency (f)
Example Setting the frequency (f) for output channel ch2:
Assume that the current settings are the factory settings: ch1:U1, ch2:I1,ch3:P, ch4:(λ).
Position the cursor at "ch2" for "D/A output items".Press the CHANGE function key.The "Output Items" window appears.Pressing the CLOSE key returns the display to the "Normal MeasurementSettings" screen (page 1/2).Position the cursor at "f" (frequency).Press the ENTER function key.The "Output Items" window closes, and "f" is set and is displayed in the "ch2"field on the "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2).
・Regarding the output response, during measurement at 50/60 Hz, the outputis updated every two cycles (50 Hz: approximately 40 ms; 60 Hz:approximately 34 ms); during measurement at 400Hz, the output is updatedevery 16 cycles (approximately 40ms).・When using D/A output, the 9594 D/A OUTPUT (optional) must be installed
in the power meter.
59────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.5 Changing the Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.5.4 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode)
NOTE
●Items that can be changed when the "Normal Measurement Settings"screen (page 2/2) is displayed
If the NEXT function key is pressed, the "Normal Measurement Settings"screen (page 2/2) is displayed
Items that are set on the "Normal Measurement Settings"screen (page 2/2) canbe set or changed in the setting mode. For details on how to make thesesettings, refer to chapter 8, "Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details."
(1) Reactive power measurement method
(2) Sampling method
(3) PLL sync/frequency source
(4) Frequency of the line being measured
(5) Display averaging times
(6) PT
(7) CT
(8) Backlight
(9) Contrast
(10) Key beep
60────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.6 Printing Out the Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
5.6 Printing Out the Settings
Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "NormalMeasurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current powermeter settings to be printed out.In addition to the items that were set in "Normal Measurement" mode, thespecial settings that were set for each measurement mode are also printed out.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for the setting mode and for each measurement mode.
・Before printing, be sure to set the printer as the device connected to the RS-232C interface, and connect the printer to the power meter’s RS-232Cconnector. (Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")・If the printer is not set as the device connected to the RS-232C interface,
nothing happens when the PRINT key is pressed.
61────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
5.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk
Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "NormalMeasurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current powermeter settings to be saved to floppy disk.In addition to the items that were set in "Normal Measurement" mode, thespecial settings that were set for each measurement mode are also saved.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for the setting mode and for each measurement mode.
1. Press the SAVE key.
2. The setting conditions are saved to floppy disk in a file named "SETXXX".Note that the saved setting conditions are loaded in "FD" mode. (Refer tosection 14.7.2, "Loading Previously Saved Setting Data.")
・A file named "SETXXX" is generated automatically and the setting conditionsare saved in that file."XXX" represents a number from "000" to "999"; the program uses thesmallest number that is still available.・Changing file names as necessary makes it easier to identify the contents
saved in each file. File names can be changed in FD mode.・In order to save measurement data to floppy disk, the optional 9595 FDD
UNIT must be connected to the power meter.
62────────────────────────────────────────────────────
5.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk────────────────────────────────────────────────────
63────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.1 Capabilities in Integrated Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Chapter 6Integrated Measurement
6.1 Capabilities in Integrated Measurement Mode
In "Integrated Measurement" mode, in addition to being able to measureinstantaneous values for voltage, current, power, etc., and to measure theminimum and maximum instantaneous values, integrated powermeasurements are also possible.When taking demand measurements, select "Demand" mode.This chapter explains the necessary settings for integrated measurement, howto display various measured values, and how to save data to floppy disk orprint it on the printer.
Reference If "Integrated Measurement" mode is used, the measurements taken in"Normal Measurement" mode are included as well. It is also possible totake integrated measurements, adding the measurements to theintegrated values from previous measurements.
The following measurement display functions and data processing functionscan be used in integrated measurement mode.
●Display (Refer to section 18.3, "Measurement Items and Calculations"for details on the items that are displayed.)
(1) Instantaneous value display
(2) Instantaneous value minimum/maximum display (including display of the timeat which the minimum/maximum value was generated)
(3) Integrated value display
1. Integrated value display screen (page 1/2) (displays power integrationconsumption and average value)
2. Integrated value display screen (page 2/2) (displays details about powerintegration, such as power consumption/regeneration)
64────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.1 Capabilities in Integrated Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
●Data processing
(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed automatically ormanually.
(2) When a FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy diskautomatically or manually.
(3) When the D/A output connector is installed: Measured values can be convertedfrom digital to analog signals and output (for analog recording).
●External control
(1) Integration can be started/stopped under the control of external controlsignals.
(2) Integrated value data can be reset under the control of external controlsignals.
(3) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed under thecontrol of external control signals.
(4) When a FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy diskunder the control of external control signals.
65────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Select "Integrated Measurement" from the initial screen
Check for incorrect wiring and confirm that there are no
wiring errors
Return to the "Instantaneous Value" screen
Check the settings
Make special settings needed for integrated measurement,
such as integration start/stop and the integration time
(Refer to section 4.4,
"Wiring Settings and Methods.")
(Refer to section 4.5,
"Checking for Incorrect Wiring.")
Wire the power meter to the line being measured
Return to the "Instantaneous Value" screen
Press the START/STOP key to start integrated
measurement
6.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure
66────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.3 Preparations for Measurement────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking the Basic
Setting Conditions
Instantaneous Value Measurement Screen
NOTE
WARNING Before wiring the power meter, read chapter 4, "Wiring Methods," verythoroughly, and then proceed, being careful to avoid electrocution.
NOTE
6.3 Preparations for Measurement
(1) Selecting "Integrated Measurement Mode"
1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Integrated Measurement."
2. Press the EXEC. function key.
3. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Instantaneous valuemeasurement begins automatically.
Integrated measurement has not started yet.
(2) Wiring the power meter to the line being measured
The wiring setting and wiring diagram suited for the line being measured aredisplayed. Connect the voltage cords and clamp on sensors to the line beingmeasured as indicated in the wiring diagram.
When measuring a three-phase line, match the phase sequence of the linesthat are to be measured with the measuring channel numbers of the powermeter.
67────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.3 Preparations for Measurement────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
NOTE
Display of Basic Settings
6.3.2 Special Settings for Integrated Measurement
(3) Checking for incorrect wiringPerform incorrect wiring checks as necessary. (Refer to section 4.5, "Checkingfor Incorrect Wiring.")
A incorrect wiring may not be detected properly if more than one incorrectwiring occurs at once; if the voltage and current levels are low; or if the powerfactor is close to zero.
(4) Checking the basic setting conditionsThe basic settings (wiring, voltage range, current range, measurement method,source, and line frequency) are displayed in the lower right corner of themeasurement screen.If this setting necessary, the setting can be changed on the "IntegratedMeasurement Settings" screen (page 2/2).
Before starting the measurement process, open the integrated measurementsetting screen and make settings for the start/stop of integration, theintegration time, measurement data processing, etc.For details on the setting methods, refer to section 6.5, "Changing Settings."
(1) Opening the integrated measurement settings screen
1. Press the CHECK key.
2. The "Check" screen is displayed.
3. Position the cursor on "Move to Setup" and then press the EXEC. function key.
4. The " Integrated Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.
68────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.3 Preparations for Measurement────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Integrated Measurement Settings Screen(page 1/2)
(2) Necessary settings for integrated measurement
1. Integration start method
2. Start time
3. Integration stop method
4. Stop time
(3) Setting the functions that can be used
1. Output interval time
2. Print/Save items
3. FD auto output
4. File name
5. RS-232C automatic output
6. D/A output Items
7. Integrated output rate
(4) Basic settings screen
1. Press the NEXT function key.
2. The "Integrated Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed. Thebasic settings required for measurement are displayed on this screen, and canbe set and checked on this screen as well.Note that the settings on this screen are common to both "NormalMeasurement" mode and "Demand Measurement" mode.
3. Pressing the PREVIOUS function key returns the display to the "IntegratedMeasurement Settings" screen (page 1/2). Pressing the RET. function keyreturns the display to the "Measurement" screen.
69────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.3 Preparations for Measurement────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Integrated Measurement Settings Screen(page 2/2)
NOTE
Preparations for measurement are now complete.
The settings cannot be changed during measurement (including while the3166 is in the standby state), while there is measurement data in memory, orwhile measured values are being held. After measurement has beencompleted, however, the print/save items (only) can be changed. In this case,additional integration is not longer possible.
70────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range
DATA RESET key
Executing a DATA RESET
NOTE
NOTE
6.4 Taking Measurements
(1) Clearing measurement dataBefore beginning integrated measurement, press the DATA RESET key to clearthe integrated value and minimum/maximum values for the measurementdata from the last measurement operation.If the measurement data is not cleared, the data from the current measurementwill be added to that from the previous measurement.
The measurement data stored in memory at the moment that the DATA RESET
key is pressed is cleared to zero. However, detection of the integrated valueand minimum/maximum values does not occur until the integration operationis started.
(2) Setting the rangeThe measurement range is fixed while the integration operation is in progress.Set a suitable voltage/current range (fixed range) before starting integratedmeasurement.
・When "Auto" is set for the measurement range:The measurement range is fixed at the moment that the START/STOP key ispressed. Note that correct measurement is impossible if there is any inputthat is outside of the fixed range that was set. Once the integration operationis completed, the measurement range setting does not return to "Auto range."・If a minimum or maximum value is generated while the power meter is in
standby before the start of integrated measurement but after the data hasbeen cleared, that value is not retained.
71────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.4.2 Starting Integrated Measurement
Integration in Progress Screen
Standby Screen
The start of integration operation for each start method setting is describedbelow.
(1) When integration start is set to "Manual"
1. Press the DATA RESET key to clear all of the measurement data (unlessperforming additional integration).
2. Once the START/STOP key is pressed, the integration operation beginsimmediately.While the integration operation is under way, the message "Integration inprogress" is displayed in the upper left corner of the screen.In addition, the integration start and stop times, etc., are displayed at thebottom of the integrated value screen.
(2) When integration start is set to "Automatic"
1. Press the DATA RESET key to clear all of the measurement data.
2. Press the START/STOP key.The power meter enters the standby state until the preset start time arrives;once the start time arrives, the power meter begins the integration operation.
Reference If the preset start time has already passed, the integration operation does notbegin.
While the power meter is in standby, the message "Waiting" is displayed onthe screen; once the integration operation starts, the message changes to"Integrating."
72────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
6.4.3 Stopping Integrated Measurement
NOTE
・Once the START/STOP key is pressed, it is no longer possible to change themeasurement range or the contents of the settings, or to reset the data.To change the settings, it is necessary to first press the START/STOP key againto stop the integration operation.・The key lock function can be used when necessary to prevent misoperation. To
activate the key lock condition, press the CHECK key and set "Key Lock" toON in the "Check" window. To cancel the key lock condition, press the CHECK
key and set "Key Lock" to OFF.
The end of integration operation for each stop method setting is describedbelow.
(1) When integration stop is set to "Manual"
The integration operation stops as soon as the START/STOP key is pressed.
(2) When integration stop is set to "Timer"
The integration operation stops automatically after the period of time set asthe integration time.
(3) When integration stop is set to "Time specification"
The integration operation stops automatically at the date and time specified asthe stop time.
(4) When forcibly stopping while in integration standby or while integration is inprogress
The integration operation stops as soon as the START/STOP key is pressed.The integration operation is forcibly stopped, regardless of whether integrationstop is set to "time specification" or "timer."
・When using the key lock function, cancel the key lock function and then stopintegration either manually or forcibly.・To display the instantaneous value, maximum/minimum value, or integrated
value measurement data, press the SCR.KEY function key, and then select thedesired screen from the "Display Selection" window.・Integration data is retained as long as the DATA RESET key is not pressed.・Additional integration is possible when "Manual" is set for the integration
start method and "Manual" or "Timer" is set for the integration stop method.・As long as the integration operation is not stopped, it is not possible to enter
other modes, such as"Normal Measurement or Demand Measurement."
73────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.4.4 Displaying Instantaneous Values
Instantaneous Value Measurement Screen
NOTE
NOTE
●Screen configuration in "Integrated Measurement" mode
"Normal Measurement" mode uses four screens:・ Instantaneous values・ Minimum/maximum values・ Integration 1/2 (basic)・ Integration 2/2 (detailed)
(1) In integrated measurement mode
1. Press the SCR.KEY function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor at "Instantaneous value (INSTANT)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Measurement ofinstantaneous values starts automatically.
(2) Holding the display of measured values
1. Press the HOLD function key.
2. The H mark is displayed on the status line, and the display is held. To releasethe display, press the HOLD key again.Even if the displayed values are held, the power meter continues to recordmeasurements internally.
(3) Leaving "Integrated Measurement" mode
1. Press the DATA RESET key. (The measurement data is cleared.)
2. Press the RET. function key.
3. The "Initial" screen is displayed.If the RET. key is pressed while integrated measurement is in progress or afterintegrated measurement is complete, a message is displayed, and the displaydoes not return to the Initial Screen. Terminate integrated measurement andpress the DATA RESET key before pressing the RET. key. The messagedisappears when any of these keys is pressed.
74────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.4.5 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values
NOTE
Display Selection Window
Minimum/Maximum Screen
Note on minimum/maximum valuesThis power meter uses two cycles (when measuring at 50/60 Hz; 16 cycleswhen measuring at 400 Hz) as one sample and takes measurements bycontinuously performing various calculations on the data (without losing thewaveform). This data is displayed intermittently, depending on the displayupdate rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, the minimum andmaximum values are displayed by finding the minimum and maximum valuesin all of the sample values that are being continuously measured.Therefore, even transient input waveforms generated by a power spike, forexample, will be correctly detected.
1. With the "Instantaneous Value" screen displayed, press the SCR.KEY functionkey.
2. The "Display Selection" window appears.
3. Position the cursor at "Minimum/Maximum (MIN./MAX.)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5 .The "Minimum/Maximum" screen is displayed.
75────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Data reset generation date and time
Minimum value generation date and time
Maximum value generation date and time
Minimum/Maximum Value Generation Time Window
NOTE
6.4.6 Displaying Integrated Values
●Displaying the time at which minimum and maximum values weregenerated
1. With the "Minimum/Maximum" screen displayed, press the TIME OCCR functionkey.
2. The "Generation Time" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor on the measurement item for which you wish to see thegeneration time.
4. The generation time is displayed for the item specified by the cursor.
5. If the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closesand the display returns to the "Minimum/Maximum"screen.
About "Over range""Over range" is defined to mean that the measured value exceeded 130% ofthe voltage or current range, and is indicated by "o.r." (except minimum andmaximum values)Although the over range indication is made when the measured power exceeds130% of the rated range, if the voltage and current measurements both exceed130% of their respective ranges but the power measurement does not, themeasured power value is displayed.
There are two integrated value display screens."Integration" screen page 1/2 displays measured values concerning powerconsumption."Integration" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning powerflows, such as consumption/regeneration.
(1) Displaying the "Integration" screen (page 1/2)
1. Press the SCR.KEY function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window appears.
3. Position the cursor at "Integration 1/2 (INTEG.1/2)."
76────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Active power integration(during consumption)
Average valuewithin a time period
Integration time
Integration Screen (page 1/2)
Reactive power integration
Apparent power integration(consumption,regeneration,addition)
Active power integration(consumption,regeneration,addition)
Integration Screen (page 2/2)(When not using the reactive power meter method)
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5. The "Integration" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.
(2) Displaying the "Integration" screen (page 2/2)
1. Press the SCR.KEY function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window appears.
3. Position the cursor at "Integration 2/2 (INTEG.2/2)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5. The "Integration" screen (page 2/2) is displayed.
77────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Apparent power integration
Reactive powerIntegration(lag,lead,total)
Active power integration(consumption,regeneration,addition)
Integration Screen (page 2/2)(When using the reactive power meter method)
NOTE
Elapsed time
Instantaneous value
Change in instantaneousvalue
Integration time
Minimum valueAverage value over time
Maximum value
Integration start Integration stop
Display Values for Integrated Measurement
If the RET. function key is pressed after the data has been cleared, a "Initial"screen is displayed.
The relationship between minimum/maximum values and the average value isshown in the figure. In the case of interval output, the average value isobtained from values from the integration start to the interval output. Theminimum and maximum values are also obtained from values from theintegration start to the interval output. However, if a data reset was notperformed before the start of integration, the displayed data will include thedata from the previous integration operation.
Reference The procedures for printing the measured values on a printer or for savingthem on floppy disk are the same as in "Normal Measurement" mode. Referto section 5.4.3, "Printing Measured Values on the Printer," and section 5.4.4,"Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk."
78────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5.1 Integration Start Method
Integration Start Method Setting
6.5.2 Start Time
NOTE
6.5 Changing Settings
The asterisk ("*") is used in this section to indicate initial values (initialsettings when the power meter is shipped from the factory).
●To display the integrated measurement setting screen, press theCHECK key in the integration mode, and move the cursor to the"Move to Setup" on the Check screen, and then press the EXEC.function key.
●Items that can be changed when the "Integrated MeasurementSettings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed
This item sets the integrated measurement start method.If "MANUAL" is selected, integration is started by using the START/STOP keyor in response to external control signal input. If "SET-TIME" is selected,integration can be started at any specified date and time.
Options: MANUAL/SET-TIME * MANUAL
Example Starting integration by time specification
Position the cursor at "Integration Start method (INTEG.START)."Press the SET-TIME function key."SET-TIME" is set and is displayed in the "Integration start method" field.If integration is to be started manually, press the MANUAL function key.
This item sets the starting date and time for integration when "SET-TIME" isset for the integrated measurement start method.Setting format: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM (24-hour time) * 1997/01/01 00:00
・The setting range extends to 2079/12/31 23:57.・If a time in the past is specified, integrated measurement operation does not
begin.・When "MANUAL" is set for the integrated measurement start method, the
start time is not displayed.
79────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Start Time Setting
6.5.3 Integration Stop Method
Integration Stop Method
Example Setting the start time to January 7, 1997, 8:30 a.m.
Assume that the current setting is the factory setting, "1997/01/01 00:00".
Position the cursor at "Start time (START TIME)." The cursor will appear atthe first digit in the "year" field.Position the cursor at the one’s digit in the "day" field.Using the + and - "function keys, set the digit to "7".Position the cursor at the one’s digit in the "hours" field.Using the + and - function keys, set the digit to "8".Position the cursor at the ten’s digit in the "minutes" field.Using the + and - function keys, set the digit to "30".The start time is now set to "1997/01/07 08:30".Before the start of integration, confirm that the time displayed in the upperright corner of the setting screen is the actual time. If the time is incorrect,correct the power meter’s clock setting.
This item sets the integrated measurement stop method.If "MANUAL" is selected, integration is stopped by using the START/STOP keyor in response to external control signal input. If "SET-TIME" is selected,integration can be stopped at any specified date and time.If "TIMER" is selected, integrated measurement stops once the specifiedintegration time has elapsed since the start of measurement.
Options: SET-TIME/TIMER/MANUAL *MANUAL
Example Stopping integration with the timer
Position the cursor at "Integration stop method(INTEG.STOP)."Press the TIMER function key."Timer" is set and is displayed in the "Integration stop method" field.If integration is to be stopped at a specified time, press the SET-TIME functionkey.If integration is to be stopped manually, press the MANUAL function key.
80────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5.4 Stop Time
Stop Time Setting
Integration Time Setting
NOTE
6.5.5 Output Interval Time
Output Interval Time Setting
This item sets the stopping date and time for integration when "SET -TIME" isset for the integrated measurement stop method.Note that if the integrated measurement stop method is set to "TIMER" thisitem changes to the integration time.Note that if the setting for the integrated measurement stop method is"MANUAL" this item has no effect.
Setting formatYYYY/MM/DD HH:MM (24-hour time)
* 1997/01/01 00:02
Timer setting range"0000hours, 00minutes, 10seconds" to"1000hours, 00minutes, 00seconds"(in 10-second steps)* 0000 hours, 01 minutes,00 seconds
・The setting range extends to 2079/12/31 23:59.・A time that is earlier than the integrated measurement start time cannot be
set.
Details on the specific method for setting can also be executed in the samemanner for "Start Time."
The measurement data can be printed out or saved to floppy disk at the setoutput interval.This interval is valid only when the FD auto output setting or the RS-232Cauto output setting is "ON."
Setting range2minutes to 1000hours* 0000hours and 30minutes
Details on the specific method for setting can also be executed in the samemanner for "Start Time."
81────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5.6 Print/Save Items
Instantaneousvalues
Voltage(U1, U2, U3, Uave)
Current(I1, I2, I3, Iave)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
Maximumvalues
Voltage(U1, U2, U3)
Current(I1, I2, I3)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
Minimumvalues
Voltage(U1, U2, U3)
Current(I1, I2, I3)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
Powerintegration
Active power(+WP, -WP, ΣWP)
Reactive power(+WQ, -WQ, ΣWQ)
Apparent power(+WS, -WS, ΣWS)
Average valuewithin a timeperiod
Power(P, Q, S, λ)
Display Selection Window
NOTE
These are used to set the items that are to be printed on the printer or savedon floppy disk. The settings are shared for both devices; it is not possible toset items so that they are printed on the printer but not saved on floppy disk.Setting range: Set for 11 blocks * Only the item of power integration is "ON."
* Minimum/maximum value data includes the time at which theminimum/maximum was generated.
To output the minimum/maximum values,power integration, average value within atime period for output interval time, usethe demand measurement mode.
Average value within a time:Integrated average values within a timeperiod, based on the power integration.
・For details on the specific method for setting the print/save items, refer tosection 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items."・The items set here are output in both manual operation or automatic
operation.・The items that are output differ, depending on whether the power integration
is measured using the reactive power meter method or not.・If the cursor is positioned on "All", all items excluding power integration and
average value within a time period can be changed at one time.
82────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5.7 FD Auto Output
FD Auto Output Setting
NOTE
Select "ON" in order to save measurement data to floppy disk automatically.The time interval at which the data is automatically saved is the time set forthe "Output interval."
Options: ON/OFF * OFF
Example With an FDD UNIT connected, automatically saving measurement data ona floppy disk
Position the cursor at "FD auto output(FD AUTO SAVE)."Press the ON function key."ON" is displayed and set in the "FD auto output" field.
・When set to "ON", the optional 9595 FDD Unit must already be connected tothe 3166.・If additional integration is performed when this setting is "YES", all data is
saved to the same file.
83────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5.8 File Names
File Name Setting
NOTE
6.5.9 RS-232C Automatic Output
NOTE
This sets the file name when measurement data is being saved to floppy disk.The file name, the date and time at which measurement started, themeasurement data itself, and the date and time at which the measurementdata was saved are all saved on the floppy disk.Setting range: Up to eight normal-width characters (alphanumerics, katakana) or four double-width characters (kanji, hiragana, katakana). * No file name is set when the power meter is shipped from the factory.
For details on the specific method for setting the file name, refer to section5.5.2, "File Names."
Select "ON" in order to print out measurement data automatically. The timeinterval at which the data is automatically printed is the time set for the"Output interval time."Options: ON/OFF * OFF
Example With a printer connected, automatically printing measurement data
Position the cursor at "RS-232C auto output (RS-232C AUTO OUT)."Press the ON function key."ON" is displayed and set in the "RS-232C auto output" field.
When set to "ON", the printer must already be connected to the 3166. Inaddition, the setting for the device connected to the "RS-232C interface" mustbe "PRINTER" (refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")
84────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5.10 D/A Output Items
D/A Output Item Settings
NOTE
6.5.11 Integrated Output Rate
Integrated Output Rate Setting
Four channels of D/A output can be output simultaneously.The output voltage is DC±5 V/f.s.* ch1:U1, ch2:I1, ch3:P, ch4:λSetting choices: Voltage (U1, U2, U3, Uave), current (I1, I2, I3, Iave), active power (P), reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), power factor (λ), frequency (f), and active power integration (+WP, -WP, ΣWP)
・For details on the specific method for setting the D/A output items, refer tosection 5.5.3, "D/A Output Items."・When using D/A output, the 9594 D/A OUTPUT (optional) must be installed
in the power meter.・The output response depends on the display update rate.・If fast response is required, use "Normal Measurement" mode.
This item sets the output rate when using D/A output of integrated values(active power integration).Output is generated by ±5 V DC versus the full scale for the powerintegration that was set.Options: 5 V/5 kW, 5 V/10 kW, 5 V/50 kW, 5 V/100 kW, 5 V/500 kW, 5 V/1 MW * 5 V/5 kW
85────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
Elapsed time
Integrated power
* When active power is 5 kW with a uniform increase
Integration start
Integrated Output Waveform Example
Example Setting the output rate to 5 V/50 kWh
Position the cursor at "Integrated output rate (INTEG. OUT RATE)."Press the CHANGE function key.The "Integrated Output Rate" window is displayed.If the CLOSE key is pressed, the display returns to the "IntegratedMeasurement Settings" screen (page 1/2).Position the cursor at "5 V/50 kW".Press the SET function key.The "Integrated Output Rate" window closes, and "5 V/50 kWh" is set and isdisplayed in the integrated output rate field on the "Integrated MeasurementSettings" screen (page 1/2).
・Select a suitable integration output rate based on expected power levels. Inorder to see changes in detail, a small full-scale value should be selected.・If the power level increases uniformly, once it reaches the full-scale setting
the output voltage returns 0 V once and then increases again. (The level isrecorded as a sawtooth wave.)
86────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.5.12 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode)
NOTE
●Items that can be changed when the "Integrated MeasurementSettings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed
If the NEXT function key is pressed, the "Integrated Measurement Settings"screen (page 2/2) is displayed
Items that are set on the "Integrated Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2)can be set or changed in the "Setting" mode. For details on how to make thesesettings, refer to chapter 8, "Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details."
(1) Reactive power measurement method(2) Sampling method(3) PLL sync/frequency source(4) Frequency of the line being measured(5) Display averaging times(6) PT(7) CT(8) Backlight(9) Contrast
(10) Key beep
87────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.6 Printing Out the Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
6.6 Printing Out the Settings
Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "IntegratedMeasurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current powermeter settings to be printed out.In addition to the items that were set in "Integrated Measurement" mode, thespecial settings that were set for each measurement mode are also printed out.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for each measurement mode.
・Before printing, be sure to set the printer as the device connected to the RS-232C interface, and connect the printer to the power meter’s RS-232Cconnector. (Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")・If the printer is not set as the device connected to the RS-232C interface,
nothing happens when the PRINT key is pressed.
88────────────────────────────────────────────────────
6.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
6.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk
Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "IntegratedMeasurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current powermeter settings to be saved to floppy disk.In addition to the items that were set in "Integrated Measurement" mode, thespecial settings that were set for each measurement mode are also saved.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for each measurement mode.
・For details on saving the settings, refer to section 5.7, "Saving the Settings toFloppy Disk."・Note that the saved setting conditions are loaded in "FD" mode. (Refer to
section 14.6.1, "Loading Previously Saved Setting Data.")
89────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Chapter 7Demand Measurement
7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode
In "Demand Measurement" mode, in addition to being able to take the samemeasurements as are available in "Integrated Measurement" mode, it is alsopossible to perform demand measurements in which integrated measurementsare repeated at a time interval that is ideal for power management.This chapter explains the necessary settings for demand measurement, how todisplay various measured values, and how to save data to floppy disk or printit on the printer.
Reference When using "Demand Measurement" mode, the "Normal Measurement" and"Integrated Measurement" mode measurements are also included.
The following measurement display functions and data processing functionscan be used in Demand Measurement mode.
●Display (Refer to section 18.3, "Measurement Items and Calculations"for details on the items that are displayed.)
(1) Instantaneous value display
(2) Integrated value display
1. Integrated value display screen (page 1/2) (displays power integrationconsumption average value, and maximum demand value)
2. Integrated value display screen (page 2/2) (displays details about powerintegration, such as power consumption/regeneration)
3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during theintegration period)
90────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
(3) Demand Display (displays demand results from the previous demand periodduring the current measurement operation)
1. Demand screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption], andaverage value)
2. Demand screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration, such aspower consumption/regeneration)
3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during the demandperiod)
(4) Daily Report Display (displays demand results for a one-day (24-hour) periodsince the start of demand measurement)
1. Daily Report screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption],average value, maximum demand value, and load factor)
2. Daily report screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration, suchas power consumption/regeneration)
3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during the dailyreport period)
(5) Weekly Report Display (displays demand results for a one-week (seven-day)period since the start of demand measurement)
1. Weekly Report screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption],average value, maximum demand value, and load factor)
2. Weekly report screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration, suchas power consumption/regeneration)
3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during the weeklyreport period)
(6) Monthly Report Display (displays demand results for a one-month period(ending on the same numbered day of the next month) since the start ofdemand measurement)
1. Monthly Report screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption],average value, maximum demand value, and load factor)
2. Monthly report screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration,such as power consumption/regeneration)
3. Instantaneous Value Maximum/Minimum screen (values during the monthlyreport period)
The measured values for items 3 through 6 above show the measured resultsfor the interval period to the current measurement interval.
91────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
●Data processing
(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed automatically ormanually.
(2) When an FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy diskautomatically or manually.
(3) When the D/A output connector is installed: Measured values can be convertedfrom digital to analog signals and output (for analog recording).
●Remote control
(1) Integration can be started under the control of remote control signals.
(2) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed under thecontrol of remote control signals.
(3) When an FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy diskunder the control of remote control signals.
92────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Select "Demand Measurement" from the initial screen
Check for incorrect wiring and confirm that there are no
wiring errors
Return to the "Instantaneous Value" screen
Check the settings
Make special settings needed for integrated measurement,
such as integration start/stop and the integration time
(Refer to section 4.4,
"Wiring Settings and Methods.")
(Refer to section 4.5,
"Checking for Incorrect Wiring.")
Wire the power meter to the line being measured
Return to the "Instantaneous Value" screen
Press the START/STOP key to start integrated
measurement
7.2 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure
The basic operating methods are the same as for "Integrated Measurement"mode.
93────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.3 Preparations for Measurement────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
7.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking the Basic
Setting Conditions
Instantaneous Value Measurement Screen
NOTE
WARNING Before wiring the power meter, read chapter 4, "Wiring Methods," verythoroughly, and then proceed, being careful to avoid electrocution.
NOTE
7.3 Preparations for Measurement
(1) Selecting "Demand Measurement" mode
1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Demand Measurement."
2. Press the EXEC. function key.
3. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Instantaneous valuemeasurement begins automatically.
Demand measurement has not started yet.
(2) Wiring the power meter to the line to be measured
The wiring setting and wiring diagram suited for the line being measured aredisplayed. Connect the voltage cords and clamp on sensors to the line beingmeasured as indicated in the wiring diagram.
When measuring a three-phase line, match the phase sequence of the linesthat are to be measured with the measuring channel numbers of the powermeter.
94────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.3 Preparations for Measurement────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
Display of Basic Settings
7.3.2 Special Settings for Demand Measurement
(3) Checking for incorrect wiringPerform incorrect wiring checks as necessary. (Refer to section 4.5, "Checkingfor Incorrect Wiring.")
A incorrect wiring may not be detected properly if more than one incorrectwiring occurs at once; if the voltage and current levels are low; or if the powerfactor is close to zero.
(4) Checking the basic setting conditionsThe basic settings (wiring, voltage range, current range, measurement method,source, and line frequency) are displayed in the lower right corner of themeasurement screen.If this setting necessary, the settings screen. Change the setting on the"Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2).
Before starting the measurement process, open the demand measurementsetting screen and make settings for the start/stop of demand measurement,the demand time, measurement data processing, etc.For details on the setting methods, refer to section 7.5, "Changing Settings."
(1) Opening the demand measurement settings screen
1. Press the CHECK key.
2. The "Check" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor on "Move to Setup" and then press the EXEC. function key.
4. The "Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.
95────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.3 Preparations for Measurement────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Demand Measurement Settings (page 1/2)
(2) Necessary settings for demand measurement
1. Start time
2. Stop time
3. Demand period
4. Transformer capacity
(3) Setting the functions that can be used
1. Print/Save items
2. FD auto output
3. File name
4. RS-232C automatic output
5. D/A Output Items
6. Integrated output rate
(4) Basic settings screen
1. Press the NEXT function key.
2. The "Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed. Thebasic settings required for measurement are displayed on this screen, and canbe set and checked on this screen as well.Note that the settings on this screen are common to both "NormalMeasurement" mode and "Integrated Measurement" mode.
3. Pressing the PREVIOUS function key returns the display to the "DemandMeasurement Settings" screen (page 1/2). Pressing the RET. function keyreturns the display to the "Instantaneous Value" screen.
96────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.3 Preparations for Measurement────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Demand Measurement Settings (page 2/2)
NOTE
Preparations for measurement are now complete.
The settings cannot be changed during measurement (including while the3166 is in the standby state), while there is measurement data in memory, orwhile measured values are being held. After measurement has beencompleted (including while the 3166 is in standby mode), however, theprint/save items (only) can be changed.
97────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range
NOTE
NOTE
7.4 Taking Measurements
(1) Clearing measurement dataPress the DATA RESET key to clear all of the measurement data.
Detection of the integrated value and minimum/maximum values does notoccur until the demand measurement operation is started.
(2) Setting the rangeThe measurement range is fixed while the demand measurement operation isin progress.Set a suitable voltage/current range (fixed range) before starting integratedmeasurement.
・When "Auto" is set for the measurement range:The measurement range is fixed at the moment that the START/STOP key ispressed. Note that correct measurement is impossible if there is any inputthat is outside of the fixed range that was set. Once the demandmeasurement operation is completed, the measurement range setting does notreturn to "Auto."・If a minimum or maximum value is generated while the power meter is in
standby before the start of demand measurement, that value is not retained.
98────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4.2 Starting Demand Measurement
Demand Measurement in Progress Screen
Demand Measurement Standby Screen
NOTE
The demand measurement operation start at the set date and time.
Press the START/STOP key.The power meter enters thestandby state until the presetstart time arrives; once the starttime arrives, the power meterbegins the demand measurementoperation.
While the power meter is instandby, the message "Waiting" isdisplayed on the screen; once thedemand measurement operationstarts, the message changes to"Demanding ."
Reference If the preset start time has already passed, the demand measurementoperation does not begin.
・Once the START/STOP key is pressed and demand measurement is initiated, itis no longer possible to change the measurement range or the contents of thesettings.To change the settings, it is necessary to first press the START/STOP key againto stop the demand measurement operation.・The key lock function can be used when necessary to prevent misoperation. To
activate the key lock condition, press the CHECK key and set "Key Lock" toON in the "Check" window. To cancel the key lock condition, press the CHECK
key and set "Key Lock" to OFF.
99────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4.3 Stopping Demand Measurement
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
In the case of demand measurement, integration measurement is repeatedeach demand period. If demand measurement is forcibly stopped while it is inprogress, the current demand data is retained.
The demand measurement operation stops automatically at the set time.
(1) When demand measurement stop is set to "Time specification"
The demand measurement operation stops automatically at the date and timespecified as the stop time.
(2) When forcibly stopping while in demand measurement standby or while thedemand measurement operation is in progress
The demand measurement operation stops as soon as the START/STOP key ispressed.
1. Press the START/STOP key.
2. Because the "End Check" window opens, press the "YES" function key.
3. The demand measurement operation is forcibly stopped.
・When using the key lock function, cancel the key lock function and then stopintegration either manually or forcibly. To cancel the key lock condition, pressthe CHECK key and set "Key Lock" to OFF.・In the standby mode, the demand measurement standby stops as soon as the
START/STOP key is pressed.
(3) Resuming demand measurement after a forcible stop
1. Before the start timePress the START/STOP key. Measurement resumes, and "Waiting" is displayedon the screen.
2. After the start time has passedPress the DATA RESET key,reset the start time to a future time, and thenpress the START/STOP key.
・If there are any measured values in memory, press the Data Reset key toclear them first.・To display the instantaneous value, the integrated value, or demand value
measurement data, press the SCR.KEY function key, and then select thedesired screen from the "Display Selection" window.・Demand data is retained as long as the START/STOP key is not pressed.・As long as the demand measurement operation is not stopped, it is not
possible to enter other modes, such as normal measurement or integratedmeasurement.
100────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4.4 Displaying Instantaneous Values
Instantaneous Value Measurement Screen
●Screen configuration in "Demand Measurement" mode
"Demand Measurement" mode uses six screens:
・ Instantaneous values・ Integrated values・ Demand values・ Daily reports・ Weekly reports・ Monthly reports
Note that, except for the "Instantaneous values" screen, all screens includemaximum/minimum screens. Use the PAGE NO. key to select.
(1) In demand measurement mode
1. Press the SCR.KEY function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor at "Instantaneous value (INSTANT)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Measurement ofinstantaneous values starts automatically.
101────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Display Selection Window
NOTE
NOTE
(2) Holding the display of measured values
1. Press the HOLD function key.
2. The H mark is displayed on the status line, and the display is held. To releasethe display, press the HOLD key again.
・Even if the displayed values are held, the power meter continues to recordmeasurements internally.・In the standby mode, the key lock function is cancelled by pressing the
START/STOP key.
(3) Leaving "Demand Measurement" mode
1. Press the DATA RESET key. (The measurement data is cleared.)
2. Press the RET. function key.
3. The "Initial" screen is displayed.
If the RET. key is pressed while demand measurement is in progress or afterdemand measurement is complete, a message is displayed, and the displaydoes not return to the Initial Screen. Terminate demand measurement andpress the DATA RESET key before pressing the RET. key.The message disappears when any of these keys is pressed.
102────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4.5 Displaying Integrated Values
Load factor Usage factor
Average value within a time periodand maximum demand value
Integration Screen (page 1/2)
The screen that displays the integrated values shows the measurement resultsfrom the start of demand measurement until the elapsed measurement time.This display consists of the following three screens:"Integration" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and the maximumdemand values concerning power consumption."Integration" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning powerflows, such as consumption/regeneration.The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximuminstantaneous values from the start of demand measurement until the elapsedmeasurement time.
(1) Displaying the "Integration" screen (page 1/2)
1. Press the SCR.KEY function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window appears.
3. Position the cursor at "Integration (INTEG.)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5. Press the PAGE NO. function key and position the cursor on "Integration 1/2(Integ.1/2)."
6. Press the DETERM function key.
7. The "Integration" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.
●Displaying the time at which a maximum demand value wasgenerated
1. Press the TIME OCCR function key.
2. The "Generation Time" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor on the measurement item for which you wish to see thegeneration time.
103────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
Integration Screen (page 2/2)
Integration Minimum/Maximum Screen
4. The time at which the item specified by the cursor was generated is displayed.When the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closesand the display returns to the "Integration" screen (page 1/2).
The maximum demand values are not displayed until the initial demandmeasurement time elapses. Furthermore, the displayed values do not includemeasured values from the current demand period.
(2) Displaying the "Integration" screen (page 2/2)
1. Press the PAGE NO. function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window appears.
3. Position the cursor at "Integration 2/2 (Integ.2/2)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5. The "Integration" screen (page 2/2) is displayed.
(3) Displaying the "Minimum/Maximum" screen
1. Press the PAGE NO. function key.
2. The "Display Selection" window appears.
3. Position the cursor at "Minimum/Maximum (MIN./MAX.)."
4. Press the DETERM function key.
5. The "Minimum/Maximum" screen is displayed.
104────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
Power integration duringdemand period
Instantaneous value
Demand measurement period
Demand period
Average valueduringintegration period
Change ininstantaneousvalue
Elapsed time
Average valueduring demandperiod
Maximum demand value
Demand measurement start Demand measurement end
Display Values for Demand Measurement
●Displaying the time at which minimum and maximum values weregenerated
1. With the "Minimum/Maximum" screen displayed, press the TIME OCCR functionkey.
2. The "Generation Time" window is displayed.
3. Position the cursor on the measurement item for which you wish to see thegeneration time.
4. The generation time is displayed for the item specified by the cursor.When the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closesand the display returns to the "Minimum/Maximum" screen.
The relationship between the average value and the maximum demand valuewithin each period is shown in the following figure. Note that at the start ofdemand measurement, a data reset is performed automatically.Assuming time "n" as the present in the figure, the data "n-1" is displayed asthe demand value. In addition, the integrated data from the start ofmeasurement to the "present" is displayed as the integrated value.
105────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4.6 Displaying Demand Values
NOTE
Demand Screen (page 1/2)
The screen that displays the demand values shows the measurement resultsfor power levels, etc., for each demand period.The measurement results that are displayed on the demand display screen arethe results for the demand measurement period preceding the current demandmeasurement period.
・Measurement results are not displayed until the first demand measurementperiod passes.・Once the current demand measurement period passes, the old demand data is
cleared and replaced with the new demand data.・Use automatic output to a printer or floppy disk in order to keep a record of
demand data.
This display consists of the following three screens:"Demand" screen page 1/2 displays measured values concerning powerconsumption."Demand" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning power flows,such as consumption/regeneration.The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximuminstantaneous values for each demand period.Select each screen in the same manner as described in section 7.4.5,"Displaying Integrated Values."
(1) Displaying the "Demand" screen (page 1/2)
106────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Demand Screen (page 2/2)
Demand Minimum/Maximum Screen
7.4.7 Displaying a Daily Report
NOTE
(2) Displaying the "Integration" screen (page 2/2)
(3) Displaying the "Minimum/Maximum" screen
The screen that displays the daily report shows the measurement results for aone-day (24-hour) period since the demand start time
・Measurement results are not displayed until at least one day of the demandmeasurement period has passed.・Once the current one-day period passes, the old demand data is cleared and
replaced with the new demand data.・Use automatic output to a printer or floppy disk in order to keep a record of
daily report data.
107────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Daily Report Screen (page 1/2)
Daily Report Screen (page 2/2)
Daily Report Minimum/Maximum Screen
This display consists of the following three screens:"Daily Report" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and maximumdemand values concerning power consumption."Daily Report" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning powerflows, such as consumption/regeneration.The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximuminstantaneous values for a one-day period.Select each screen in the same manner as described in section 7.4.5,"Displaying Integrated Values."
(1) Displaying the "Daily Report" screen (page 1/2)
(2) Displaying the "Daily Report" screen (page 2/2)
(3) Displaying the "Maximum/Minimum" screen
108────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4.8 Displaying Weekly Reports
NOTE
Weekly Report Screen (page 1/2)
The screen that displays the weekly report shows the measurement results fora one-week (7-day) period since the demand start time.
・Measurement results are not displayed until at least one week of the demandmeasurement period has passed.・Once the current one-week period passes, the old demand data is cleared and
replaced with the new demand data.・Use automatic output to a printer or floppy disk in order to keep a record of
weekly report data.
This display consists of the following three screens:"Weekly Report" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and maximumdemand values concerning power consumption."Weekly Report" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning powerflows, such as consumption/regeneration.The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximuminstantaneous values for a one-week period.Select each screen in the same manner as described in section 7.4.5,"Displaying Integrated Values."
(1) Displaying the "Weekly Report" screen (page 1/2)
109────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Weekly Report Screen (page 2/2)
Weekly Report Minimum/Maximum Screen
(2) Displaying the "Weekly Report" screen (page 2/2)
(3) Displaying the "Minimum/Maximum" screen
110────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4.9 Displaying Monthly Reports
NOTE
Monthly Report Screen (page 1/2)
The screen that displays the monthly report shows the measurement resultsfor a one-month period (ending on the same numbered day of the next month)since the demand start time.
・Measurement results are not displayed until at least one month of thedemand measurement period has passed.・Once the current one-month period passes, the old demand data is cleared and
replaced with the new demand data.・Use automatic output to a printer or floppy disk in order to keep a record of
monthly report data.
This display consists of the following three screens:"Monthly Report" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and maximumdemand values concerning power consumption."Monthly Report" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning powerflows, such as consumption/regeneration.The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximuminstantaneous values for a one-month period.Select each screen in the same manner as described in section 7.4.5,"Displaying Integrated Values."
(1) Displaying the "Monthly Report" screen (page 1/2)
111────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Monthly Report Screen (page 2/2)
Monthly Report Minimum/Maximum Screen
(2) Displaying the "Monthly Report" screen (page 2/2)
(3) Displaying the "Minimum/Maximum" screen
If the RET. function key is pressed after the data has been cleared, a "Initial"screen is displayed.
Reference The procedure for manually printing out measurement values or savingmeasurement values on a floppy disk are the same as in "NormalMeasurement" mode. Refer to section 5.4.3, "Printing Measured Values on thePrinter," and section 5.4.4, "Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk."
112────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5.1 Start Time
Start Time Setting
NOTE
7.5.2 Stop Time
NOTE
7.5 Changing Settings
The asterisk ("*") is used in this section to indicate initial values (initialsettings when the power meter is shipped from the factory).
●To display the integrated measurement setting screen, press theCHECK key in the integration mode, and move the cursor to the"Move to Setup" on the Check screen, and then press the EXEC.function key.
●Items that can be changed when the "Demand MeasurementSettings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed
Because the starting method for demand measurement is always "Timespecification," this item sets the starting date and time for demandmeasurement.
Options: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM (24-hour time) * 1997/01/01 00:00
・For details on the specific method for setting the start time, refer to section6.5.2, "Start Time."・The setting range extends to 2079/12/31 23:54.・If a time in the past is specified, the demand measurement operation does not
begin.
Because the stopping method for demand measurement is always "Timespecification," this item sets the stopping date and time for demandmeasurement.Setting format: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM (24-hour time) * 1997/01/01 00:00
・The setting range extends to 2079/12/31 23:59.・A time that is earlier than the demand measurement start time cannot be set.
113────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5.3 Demand Period
Demand Period Setting
This item selects the demand period (the unit time for integration).
Options: 5, 10, 15, 30, or 60 minutes, or 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 12 hours * 30 minutes
Example Setting the demand period to 15 minutes
Position the cursor at "Demand period (DEMAND PERIOD)."Press the CHANGE function key.The "Demand Period" window is displayed.Position the cursor at "15 minutes (15 min.)."Press the SET function key.The "Demand Period" window closes and "15 min." is displayed and set in the"Demand period" field in the "Demand Measurement Setting" screen (page1/2).
114────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5.4 Transformer Capacity
Transformer Capacity Setting
NOTE
The usage factor can be measured by the average power used versus thetransformer capacity. If not used, setting "0000.000 kVA" will result in nomeasurement value being displayed.
Setting range: 0000.000 to 1000.000 kVA (0.001 kVA steps) * 0010.000 kVA
Refer to section 18.3, "Measurement Items and Calculations," for details onthe usage factor.
Example Setting the transformer capacity to "200 kVA"
Assume that the current setting is the factory setting, "0010.000 kVA."
Position the cursor at "Transformer capacity (TRANS. CAPACITY)." Thecursor will appear at the first digit.Position the cursor at the hundred’s digit.Using the + and - function keys, set the digit to "2".Position the cursor at the ten’s digit.Using the + and - function keys, set the digit to "0".The transformer capacity is now set to "0200.000 kVA".
115────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5.5 Print/Save Items
Instantaneous
values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3, Uave)
Current(I1, I2, I3, Iave)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
Maximum
values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3)
Current(I1, I2, I3)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
Minimum
values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3)
Current(I1, I2, I3)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
Power integration
Active power
(+WP, -WP, ΣWP)
Reactive power
(+WQ, -WQ, ΣWQ)
Apparent power
(+WS, -WS, ΣWS)
Average value within
a time period
Integrated average
values within a time
period, based on the
power integration
Power(P, Q, S, λ)
Load factor(LF)
Usage factor(TLF)
Daily reports
Power integration,
Average value within a time period,
Maximum demand values
Weekly reports
Power integration,
Average value within a time period,
Maximum demand values
Monthly reports
Power integration,
Average value within a time period,
Maximum demand values
These are used to set the items that are to be printed on the printer or savedon floppy disk. The settings are shared for both devices; it is not possible toset items so that they are printed on the printer but not saved on floppy disk.Setting range: Set for 16 blocks * Items other than power integration, average value within a time period, and demand are "OFF" (not selected).
* Minimum/maximum value data includes the time at which theminimum/maximum was generated.
*Not included the load factor and usage factor in demand data, however.
116────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
DemandPower integration,
Average value within a time period
Integration
Power integration,
Average value within a time period,
Maximum demand values
CAUTION In the case of demand measurement, the print/save item settings are made ina special manner as described below.1) First, set to "ON" all of the necessary items from among daily report, weekly
report, monthly report, demand measurement and integrated measurement.(Multiple items may be set.)
2) Next, set the items that are to actually be output from among theinstantaneous values, maximum values, minimum values, integrated powerlevels, and average values over time; these items are set in common withthe items selected in step 1 above. (Multiple items may be set.)
3) In short, only the items selected in both step 1 (tabulation period) and step 2(output items) are selected and valid initially. If only one setting is set to"ON", nothing is output.
Print/Save Item Setting
NOTE
* Maximum demand values include the time at which the value wasgenerated.
* Regarding the above five items, the tabulated results for each measurementperiod can also be output by coordinating the settings of the instantaneousvalues, maximum values, minimum values, power integration, and theaverage value within a time period.
・For details on the specific method for setting the print/save items, refer tosection 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items."・The items set here are output in both manual operation or automatic
operation.・The items that are output differ, depending on whether the integrated power
level is measured using the reactive power meter method or not.
117────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5.6 FD Auto Output
FD Auto Output Setting
NOTE
7.5.7 File Names
File Name Setting
NOTE
Select "ON" in order to save measurement data to floppy disk automatically.The time interval at which the data is automatically saved is the time set forthe "demand period."
Options: ON/OFF * OFF
Example With an 9595 FDD UNIT connected, automatically saving measurementdata on a floppy disk
Position the cursor at "FD auto output (FD AUTO OUTPUT)." Press the ON function key."ON" is displayed and set in the FD auto output field.
When set to "ON", the optional 9595 FDD UNIT must already be connected tothe 3166.
This sets the file name when measurement data is being saved to floppy disk.The file name, the date and time at which measurement started, themeasurement data itself, and the date and time at which the measurementdata was saved are all saved on the floppy disk.
Setting range: Up to eight normal-width characters (alphanumerics,katakana) or four double-width characters(kanji,hiragana,katakana). * No file name is set when the power meter is shipped
from the factory.
For details on the specific method for setting the file name, refer to section5.5.2, "File Names."
118────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5.8 RS-232C Automatic Output
NOTE
7.5.9 D/A Output Items
D/A Output Item Settings
NOTE
Select "ON" in order to print out measurement data automatically. The timeinterval at which the data is automatically printed is the time set for the"demand period."Options: ON/OFF * OFF
Example With a printer connected, automatically printing measurement data
Position the cursor at "RS-232C auto output (RS-232C AUTO OUT)." Press the ON function key. "ON" is displayed and set in the "RS-232C auto output" field.
When set to "ON", the printer must already be connected to the 3166. Inaddition, the setting for the device connected to the RS-232C interface must be"PRINTER" (refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")
Four channels of D/A output can be output simultaneously.The output voltage is DC±5 V/f.s.* ch1:U1, ch2:I1, ch3:P, ch4:λ
Setting choices: Voltage (U1, U2, U3,Uave), current (I1, I2, I3,Iave), active power (P), reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), power factor (λ), frequency (f), and active power integration (+WP, -WP, ΣWP)
・For details on the specific method for setting the D/A output items, refer tosection 5.5.3, "D/A Output Items."・When using D/A output, the 9594 D/A OUTPUT (optional) must be installed
in the power meter.・The output is updated according to the display update rate.・If a fast output update rate is required, use "Normal Measurement" mode.
119────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5.10 Integrated Output Rate
Integrated Output Rate Setting
NOTE
Integrated power
Integration start
Elapsed time
* When active power is 5 kW with a uniform increase
Integrated Output Waveform Example
This item sets the output rate when using D/A output of integrated values(active power integration).Output is generated by ±5 VDC versus the full scale for the power integrationthat was set.
Options: 5 V/5 kW, 5 V/10 kW, 5 V/50 kW, 5 V/100 kW, 5 V/500 kW, 5 V/1 MW * 5 V/5 kW
・For details on the specific method for setting the integrated output rate, referto section 6.5.11, "Integrated Output Rate."・Select a suitable integration output rate based on expected power levels. In
order to see changes in detail, a small full-scale value should be selected.・If the power level increases uniformly, once it reaches the full-scale setting
the output voltage returns 0 V once and then increases again. (The level isrecorded as a sawtooth wave.)
120────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.5.11 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode)
NOTE
●Items that can be changed when the "Demand MeasurementSettings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed
Pressing the NEXT function key calls up the "Demand Measurement Settings"screen (page 2/2).
Items that are set on the "Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2)can be set or changed in the "Setting" mode. For details on how to make thesesettings, refer to chapter 8, "Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details."
(1) Reactive power measurement method(2) Sampling method(3) PLL sync/frequency source(4) Frequency of the line being measured(5) Display averaging times(6) PT(7) CT(8) Backlight(9) Contrast
(10) Key beep
121────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.6 Printing Out the Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
7.6 Printing Out the Settings
Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "DemandMeasurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current powermeter settings to be printed out.In addition to the items that were set in "Demand Measurement" mode, thespecial settings that were set for each measurement mode are also printed out.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for each measurement mode.
・Before printing, be sure to set the printer as the device connected to the RS-232C interface, and connect the printer to the power meter’s RS-232Cconnector. (Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")・If the printer is not set as the device connected to the RS-232C interface,
nothing happens when the PRINT key is pressed.
122────────────────────────────────────────────────────
7.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
7.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk
Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "DemandMeasurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current powermeter settings to be saved to floppy disk.In addition to the items that were set in "Demand Measurement" mode, thespecial settings that were set for each measurement mode are also saved.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for each measurement mode.
・For details on saving the settings, refer to section 5.7, "Saving the Settings toFloppy Disk."・Note that the saved setting conditions are loaded in "FD" mode. (Refer to
section 14.6.1, "Loading Previously Saved Setting Data.")
123────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.1 List of Setting Items────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Chapter 8Setting Mode (Function
Setting) Details
8.1 List of Setting Items
The setting of basic functions that are common to all of the measurementmodes is performed in "Setting" mode.The settings can be output to the printer.This chapter explains the items that can be set or changed in "Setting" modein detail.
Settings for the following functions can be made.For details on the methods for setting these functions, refer to section 2.1,"Basic Operations."
(1) Reactive power meter method(2) Sampling method(3) PLL sync/frequency source(4) Frequency on line being measured(5) Display averaging times(6) PT(7) CT(8) Backlight(9) Contrast
(10) Key beep(11) RS-232C device(12) Setting the time(13) System reset
124────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.1 List of Setting Items────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Function Setting Screen (Page 1/2)
Function Setting Screen (Page 2/2)
NOTE Functions (1) to (10) can also be set or changed in "Normal Measurement,""Integrated Measurement," or "Demand Measurement" mode.
125────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2 Settings for Each Item────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
NOTE
8.2.1 Reactive Power Meter Method
NOTE
8.2 Settings for Each Item
The asterisk ("*") is used in this section to indicate initial values (initialsettings when the power meter is shipped from the factory).
●Selecting the setting mode1. Position the cursor at "Setting" on the initial screen. For the details on the
initial screen, refer to section 2.3, "Initial Screen."2. Press the EXEC. function key3. The "Function Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.The settings are organized on two screens, use the NEXT and PREVIOUS
function keys to switch between the screens.Once all of the settings have been made, press the RET. function key in orderto return to the initial screen.The RET. function key can even be pressed in order to return to the initialscreen before all of the settings have been made.
If the RET. key is pressed while integrated measurement or demandmeasurement is in progress or after integrated measurement or demandmeasurement is complete, a message is displayed and the display does notreturn to the initial screen. Terminate integrated measurement or demandmeasurement and press the DATA RESET key before pressing the RET. key.The message disappears when any of these keys is pressed.
●Items that can be changed when the "Function Settings" screen(page 1/2) is displayed
This item sets whether or not to use the reactive power meter method forcalculating the reactive power measurements.Options: Use reactive power meter method: YES/NO *NO
Example Using the reactive power method
Position the cursor at "Reactive power method (REACTIVE POWERMETHOD)" item.Press the YES function key."YES" is set and is displayed in the "Reactive power method" field.The measured value is measured directly with a reactive power meter, andthen the reactive power is calculated. In addition, "Power ratio power factor"displays the power factor when using the reactive power meter method.
Refer to item 3 in the Appendices for a supplementary explanation.
126────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2 Settings for Each Item────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2.2 Sampling Method
NOTE
8.2.3 PLL Sync/Frequency Source
NOTE
This item sets the sampling method.Normally, use "PLL sync."When using a fixed clock, adjust the set frequency in accordance with thefrequency of the line that is being measured.
Correct measurement is impossible if this setting does not agree with thefrequency of the line being measured. In addition, if a fixed clock is beingused and the frequency of the line being measured fluctuates, errors in themeasurements will result.
Options: PLL /FIXED CLOCK *PLL
Example Changing to a fixed clock
Position the cursor at "Sampling method (SAMPLING METHOD)" item.Press the FIXED function key."FIXED CLOCK" is set and is displayed in the "Sampling method" field. Thesampling clock frequency is that set by the "Frequency of the line beingmeasured" setting.
This item selects the PLL sync source and the input source for frequencymeasurement.Normally, use the "U1" voltage input source.If there is no voltage input during current measurement, use the "I1" currentinput source.Options: U1 (voltage)/I1 (current) *U1 (voltage)
Only channel 1 can be used as the input source, whether for voltage input orcurrent input.
Example Changing to the current input source
Position the cursor at the "PLL sync/frequency source (SYNC/FREQ.SOURCE)" item.
Pressing the I1 function key . "I1" is set and is displayed in the "PLL sync/frequency source" field.
127────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2 Settings for Each Item────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
8.2.4 Frequency of the Line Being Measured
NOTE
8.2.5 Display Averaging Times
This item sets the frequency of the line being measured. When using a fixedclock, the sampling frequency is based on this frequency, so be certain toadjust this setting to the frequency of the line being measured before the startof measurement.
・Even if the sampling method is PLL sync, set the frequency of the line beingmeasured.・Correct measurement is impossible if this setting does not agree with the
frequency of the line being measured. In addition, if a fixed clock is beingused and the frequency of the line being measured fluctuates, errors in themeasurements will result.
Options: 50/60/400 Hz *50 Hz
Example Changing the setting for the frequency of the line being measured to "60Hz"
Position the cursor at the "Frequency of the line being measured (MEASURELINE FREQUENCY)" item.
Pressing the 60 Hz function key. "60 Hz" is set and is displayed in the "Frequency of the line being measured"field.
This item sets the process count when the displayed value is a moving averageof the measured values.This setting is useful, for example, if there is a great deal of fluctuation on theline being measured.Options: OFF/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10 times *OFF
Example Changing the averaging times to "8"
Position the cursor at "Display averaging times (DISPLAY AVERAGETIMES)" item.Using the the + and - function keys, set the digit to "8"."8 times" is displayed and set in the "Display averaging times" field.
128────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2 Settings for Each Item────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2.6 PT
8.2.7 CT
This item lets you set the PT ratio as desired.The values that are displayed are multiplied by the PT ratio.Setting range: 00001 to 10000 *00001
Example Setting the PT ratio to "30"
Position the cursor at the "PT" item. Pressing the CHANGE key causes the "PT Input Window" to be displayed.The cursor appears at the first digit.
Move the cursor left or right until it is positioned at the ten’s digit. Move the cursor up or down until the digit is set to "3". Press the - function key once to set the digit to "0". "00030" is set and is displayed in the "PT ratio" field. Once the SET function key is pressed, "00030" is set and is displayed in the"PT ratio" field.
This item lets you set the CT ratio as desired.The values that are displayed are multiplied by the CT ratio.Setting range: 00000.01 to 10000.00 *00001.00
Example Setting the CT ratio to "60"
Position the cursor at the "CT" item. Pressing the CHANGE key causes the "CT Input Window" to be displayed.The cursor appears at the first digit.
Move the cursor left or right until it is positioned at the hundred’s digit. Move the cursor up or down until the digit is set to "6". Move the cursor left or right until it is positioned at the one’s digit. Move the cursor up or down until the digit is set to "0". Once the SET function key is pressed, "00060.00" is set and is displayed in the"CT ratio" field.
129────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2 Settings for Each Item────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2.8 Backlight
NOTE
8.2.9 Contrast
This item turns the LCD backlight on and off.Turning the backlight on when taking measurements in dark surroundingsmakes it easier to view the display.Options: ON/OFF/AUTO OFF *AUTO OFF
The "auto off" setting can be used to have the unit turn itself off automaticallytwo minutes after the last key press. Pressing any key will cause the unit toturn itself back on again.
Example Turning the backlight on
Position the cursor at "Backlight (BACKLIGHT)" item.Press the ON function key."ON" is displayed in the "Backlight" field.
This item sets the LCD contrast.Adjust the contrast according to the surroundings so that the display can beviewed easily.Setting range: 1 to 16 *When a system reset is executed, the LCD contrast is set on 8.
Example 1 Adjusting the contrast
Position the cursor at "Contrast (CONTRAST)."Press the + function key.The value displayed in the "Contrast" field increases by one, and the contrastbecomes darker. Holding down the "Dark" function key causes the contrast toprogressively become darker. (The maximum setting is "16".)Now press the - key.The value displayed in the "Contrast" field decreases by one, and the contrastbecomes lighter. Holding down the "Light" function key causes the contrast toprogressively become lighter. (The minimum setting is "1".)Adjust the contrast as desired.
Example 2 Adjusting the contrast by function and cursor keys
Press the F1 key with pressing the ▼ cursor key, the contrast becomes darker.Holding down these keys causes the contrast to progressively become darker.Press the F2 key with pressing the ▼ cursor key, the contrast becomes lighter.Holding down these keys causes the contrast to progressively become lighter.
130────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2 Settings for Each Item────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2.10 Key Beep
8.2.11 RS-232C Device
This item turns the key beep sound on and off.When the key beep sound is on, it provide audible confirmation that a key waspressed.Options: ON/OFF *ON
Example Turning key beeps on
Position the cursor at "Key beep (KEY BEEP)" item.Press the ON function key."ON" is displayed in the "Key beep" field.
●Items that can be changed when the "Function Settings" screen(page 2/2) is displayed
Refer to section 8.2, "Settings for Each Item."
This item selects the type of device connected to the RS-232C interface.There are also special settings for each different type of device (printer,personal computer, or modem).Options: PRINTER, COMPUTER, MODEM * PRINTER
Example Changing the connected device to a printer
Position the cursor at "RS-232C device (RS-232C DEVICE)" item.Press the PRINTER function key.The "Printer Interface Setting" window is displayed.Check the printer settings.If there are no changes that need to be made, press the CLOSE key.The "Printer Interface Setting" window closes, and "PRINTER" is set and isdisplayed in the "RS-232C device" field.
Example Checking or changing the printer settings
Press the PRINTER function key.The "Printer Interface Setting" window is displayed.Check the printer settings and make new settings.
131────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2 Settings for Each Item────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Printer Interface Setting Window
NOTE
(1) Printer settingsThese are special settings that should be adjusted to suit the RS-232C printerconnected to the power meter.
Settings:Baud rate (bps): 2400/9600 * 9600Data length (bits): 7/8 * 8Parity checking: OFF/ODD/EVEN * OFFStop bit length: 1/2 * 1Flow control: OFF/XON/XOFF/RTS/CTS/BOTH * XON/XOFFTerminator send : CR/LF/CR+LF *CR+LF
The procedures for changing these settings are described below.
Example Changing the baud rate setting to "2400"
Position the cursor at "Baud rate (BAUD RATE)" item.Press the 2400 function key."2400" is set and is displayed in the "Baud rate" field.
Example Changing the data length setting to "7"
Position the cursor at "Data length (DATA LENGTH)" item.Press the 7 function key."7" is set and is displayed in the "Data length" field.
Example Changing the parity check setting to "ODD"
Position the cursor at "Parity check (PARITY CHECK)" item.Press the ODD function key."ODD" is set and is displayed in the "Parity check" field.
The parity check setting is valid only when the data length setting is "7". Ifthe data length setting is "8", the parity check setting is fixed at "OFF."
132────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2 Settings for Each Item────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Personal Computer Setting Window
Example Changing the stop bit length setting to "2"
Position the cursor at "Stop bits (STOP BIT LENGTH)" item.Press the 2 function key."2" is set and is displayed in the "Stop bit length" field.
Example Changing the flow control setting to "XON/XOFF"
Position the cursor at "Flow control (FLOW CONTROL)" item.Press the XON/XOFF function key."XON/XOFF" is set and is displayed in the "Flow control" field.
(2) Personal computer settingsThese are special settings that should be adjusted to suit the personalcomputer connected to the power meter.
Settings:Baud rate (bps): 2400/9600 * 9600Data length (bits): 7/8 * 8Parity checking: OFF/ODD/EVEN * OFFStop bit length: 1/2 * 1Flow control: OFF/XON/XOFF/RTS/CTS/BOTH * OFFTerminator send : CR/LF/CR+LF * CR+LFTerminator reception: CR/LF/CR+LF * CR+LF
The procedures for changing these settings are the same as those used for theprinter settings.
133────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2 Settings for Each Item────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Modem Setting Window
(3) Modem settingsThese are special settings that should be adjusted to suit the modemconnected to the power meter.Settings:Baud rate (bps): 2400/9600 * 9600Data length (bits): 7/8 * 8Parity checking: OFF/ODD/EVEN * OFFStop bit length: 1/2 * 1Telephone number: Input the telephone number being called. (normal-width numeric characters, "-", "," )Telephone information : Can be used to input comments.Modem initialization command: 50 characters (Input the command for the modem that is connected.) *ATTE0&C1&D2ID code: 10 characters (Any character string) (This code is used to identify the power meter.) * H3166Flow control: OFF /XON/XOFF/RTS/CTS/BOTH * RTS/CTSTerminator send : CR/LF/CR+LF *CR+LF
The procedures for changing these settings are described below. Theprocedures for changing settings from baud rate to flow control are the sameas those used for the printer settings.
Example Setting the destination telephone number
Position the cursor at " Telephone number (TEL NUMBER)" item. Press the CHANGE function key. The "Telephone Number Input" window is displayed.Operation is the same as for file name input.
Set the telephone number with normal-width numeric characters.
134────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2 Settings for Each Item────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2.12 Setting the Time
NOTE
Example Setting the modem initialization command
"ATTE04&C1&D2" is set as the initial value.
Position the cursor at "Modem initialization command (MOD COMMAND)." Press the CHANGE function key. The "Command Input" window is displayed.Up to 50 characters can be input.Operation is the same as for file name input.
After all changes are complete, press the ENTER function key. The "Command Input" window closes, and the modem initialization commandin the "Function Setting" window is changed and registered.
This setting is done on the "Function Settings" screen (page 2/2).Refer to section 8.2, "Settings for Each Item."Set the correct time whenever necessary.When the power meter is shipped from the factory, it is set to the current timein Japan.The date and time are automatically updated by the auto calendar function.The auto calendar function can keep track of dates until December 31, 2079.Setting format: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS (24-hour time)For details on setting the time, refer to section 6.5.2, "Start Time."
・ To set the seconds precisely, listen to a reliable time service and press the SET
key at the "00" seconds mark.・ The real-time may loss in from 1 to 5 minutes per month. (Within operating
temperature range)
135────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2 Settings for Each Item────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.2.13 System Reset
System Reset Execute Window
NOTE
Refer to section 8.2, "Settings for Each Item."Execute a system reset when necessary.When a system reset is executed, all settings (except for the "Setting theTime" and "Contrast") are reset to their initial factory settings.
Procedure11. Position the cursor at "System reset (SYSTEM RESET)" item.
2. Press the RESET function key.
3. The "System Reset Execute" window is displayed, asking for confirmationbefore executing the system reset.
4. Press the RESET function key.
5. The initial screen is displayed and all settings (except for the "Setting theTime" and "Contrast") are reset to their initial factory settings.
Procedure21. Turn on the power with pressing the DATA RESET key.
(Continue pressing the DATA RESET key until beep.)
2. The initial screen is displayed and all settings (except for the "Setting theTime" and "Contrast") are reset to their initial factory settings.
When a system reset is executed immediately, the "SRAM NG" is displayeddue to an internal transaction. This is not a problem.
136────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.3 Printing Out the Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
8.3 Printing Out the Settings
Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "FunctionSettings" screen is displayed causes all of the current power meter settings tobe printed out.In addition to the items that were set in "Setting" mode, the special settingsthat were set for each measurement mode are also printed out.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for each measurement mode.
・Before printing, be sure to set the printer as the device connected to the RS-232C interface, and connect the printer to the power meter’s RS-232Cconnector. (Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")・If the printer is not set as the device connected to the RS-232C interface,
nothing happens when the PRINT key is pressed.
137────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.4 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
8.4 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk
Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Function Settings"screen is displayed causes all of the current power meter settings to be savedto floppy disk.In addition to the items that were set in "Setting" mode, the special settingsthat were set for each measurement mode are also saved.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for each measurement mode.
1. Press the SAVE key.
2. The setting conditions are saved to floppy disk in a file named "SETXXX."
Note that the saved setting conditions are loaded in "FD" mode. (Refer tosection 14.6.1, "Loading Previously Saved Setting Data.")
・A file named "SETXXX" is generated automatically and the setting conditionsare saved in that file."XXX" represents a number from "000" to "999"; the program uses the smallestnumber that is still available.・Changing file names as necessary makes it easier to identify the contents
saved in each file. File names can be changed in "FD" mode.・In order to save measurement data to floppy disk, the optional 9595 FDD
UNIT must be connected to the power meter.
138────────────────────────────────────────────────────
8.4 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk────────────────────────────────────────────────────
139────────────────────────────────────────────────────
────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Chapter 9Using the Remote Control
Jack
This chapter describes the remote control functions supported by the 3166.
140────────────────────────────────────────────────────
9.1 Connection With the Remote Control Jack────────────────────────────────────────────────────
WARNING To avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before pluggingorunplugging any of the interface connectors.
CAUTION ・To prevent damage to the product and sensor, never connect or disconnecta sensor while the power is on.
・Use the optional 9440 CONNECTION CABLE for output.
Cable Connection
NOTE
9.1 Connection With the Remote Control Jack
Reference The control jack is insulated from the voltage and current inputs.
As shown in the diagram, align the special connection cable with the connectorguide notch on the remote control jack and then plug the cable in. (Theconnector has a locking mechanism.)When disconnecting the cable, grasp the plastic portion of the cable connectorand pull it out of the jack.
Plastic cable connectors are used. Attempting to forcibly push the connectorin without aligning it with the connector guide notch, or forcibly pulling it outwithout releasing the lock will damage the connector.
141────────────────────────────────────────────────────
9.2 Structure of the Remote Control Jack────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Input terminal
Remote Control Jack Circuit
Pin No. Signal name Color
1 Start/stop Red
2 Data reset White
3 Print out Black
4 Floppy save Yellow
5 Ground (common) Blue
CAUTION In order to prevent damage to the power meter, do not input voltage thatexceeds 5.5 V.
9.2 Structure of the Remote Control Jack
The diagram below shows the circuit diagram of the remote control jack.
Control operation is performed using 0/5 V logic signals or closed/open contactsignals. The pin arrangement of the jack is shown below.
142────────────────────────────────────────────────────
9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control────────────────────────────────────────────────────
0 V (closed)
5 V (open)
Start Stop
Integrated Measurement Start/Stop Control
5 V (open)
0 V (closed)
Data reset is executedduring this interval.
At least 300 ms
Data Reset Control
9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control
The following four functions support remote control. These functions can becontrolled through the remote control jack in exactly the same manner as ifthe corresponding keys on the control panel were pressed.
(1) Integrated measurement start/stopThis remote control function starts/stops the integration operation in"Integrated Measurement" mode, and starts the measurement operation in"Demand Measurement" mode.
The operation of the control signal is illustrated below.
(2) Data resetThis remote control function clears the integration data and theminimum/maximum value data.The operation of the control signal is illustrated below.
143────────────────────────────────────────────────────
9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
"Print start" is sent to theprinter during this interval.
5 V (open)
0 V ( closed)
At least 300 ms
Printing Control
NOTE
5 V (open)
0 V (closed)
At least 300 ms
"Save start" is sent tothe FD during this interval.
Control for Saving Data on Floppy Disk
NOTE
CAUTION ・The remote control functions are enabled even when the key lock feature isengaged.
・Input clean signals free of chattering for the control signals. Note that normaloperation is not possible with a pulse of less than 300 ms.
(3) PrintingThis remote control function is used to manually initiate the printing ofmeasurement data on the printer.
The operation of the control signal is illustrated below.
The printer must already be connected to the 3166. In addition, the settingfor the device connected to the RS-232C interface must be "printer." Make allother necessary settings as well. (Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C device")
(4) Saving data on a floppy diskThis remote control function is used to manually save measurement data on afloppy disk.
The operation of the control signal is illustrated below.
An 9595 FDD UNIT must be connected to this power meter before attemptingto use this function.
144────────────────────────────────────────────────────
9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control────────────────────────────────────────────────────
145────────────────────────────────────────────────────
10.1 Overview────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Chapter 10Connecting a Printer
10.1 Overview
This power meter can not only display measurement data on the LCD screen,but can also output measurement data to an external printer via the RS-232Cinterface. This chapter explains how to connect and operate a printer.For details on the specifications of the RS-232C interface, refer to section 11.2,"Overview of the RS-232C Interface."
146────────────────────────────────────────────────────
10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1.Date and time of printing
2.Instantaneous values
Instantaneous value dataat time of printing
Voltage(U1, U2, U3, Uave)
Current(I1, I2, I3, Iave)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
3.Maximum values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3)
Current(I1, I2, I3)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
4.Minimum values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3)
Current(I1, I2, I3)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
1.Date and time of printing
2.Integration start time and
integration elapsed time
10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out
The setting of which items are to be printed out is done in the print/save itemson the setting screen of each measurement mode. These items also determinewhich data is saved to the floppy disk. For specific details on how to makethese settings, refer to the sections on the settings for each measurementmode.The items that are set are output in both manual operation and automaticoperation.The items that are output differ, depending on whether the integrated powerlevel is measured using the reactive power meter method or not.All setting conditions can be printed out, whether from the setting screen for agiven measurement mode, or from "Setting" mode.
(1) Measurement data
●"Normal Measurement" mode
* The minimum/maximum value data the time at which eachminimum/maximum value was generated
* Items 3 and 4 reflect data that was tabulated from the point when the datareset key was pressed until the time of printing.
●"Integrated Measurement" mode
147────────────────────────────────────────────────────
10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
3.Instantaneous values
Instantaneous value dataat time of printing
Voltage(U1, U2, U3, Uave)
Current(I1, I2, I3, Iave)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
4.Maximum values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3, Uave)
Current(I1, I2, I3, Iave)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
5.Minimum values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3, Uave)
Current(I1, I2, I3, Iave)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
6.Power integration
Active power
(+WP, -WP, ΣWP)
Reactive power
(+WQ, -WQ, ΣWQ)
Apparent power
(+WS, -WS, ΣWS)
7.Average value within a
time period
Integrated average
values within a time
period, based on the
power integration
Power(P, Q, S, λ)
1.Date and time of printing
2.Demand start time
3.Instantaneous values
Instantaneous value dataat time of printing
Voltage(U1, U2, U3, Uave)
Current(I1, I2, I3, Iave)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
* The minimum/maximum value data the time at which eachminimum/maximum value was generated
* Items 4 through 7 reflect data that was tabulated until the time of printingfrom the integrated measurement start time.
●"Demand Measurement" mode
The following demand, integration, daily report, weekly report, and monthlyreport data can be saved.
148────────────────────────────────────────────────────
10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out────────────────────────────────────────────────────
4.Maximum values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3, Uave)
Current(I1, I2, I3, Iave)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
5.Minimum values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3, Uave)
Current(I1, I2, I3, Iave)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
6.Power integration
Active power
(+WP, -WP, ΣWP)
Reactive power
(+WQ, -WQ, ΣWQ)
Apparent power
(+WS, -WS, ΣWS)
7.Integrated average values
Average values during thedemand period, based onthe integrated powerlevels during the timeinterval in question
Power(P, Q, S, λ)
Load factor (LF)
Usage factor (TLF)
8.Daily reports
Power integration,
Average value within a time,
Maximum demand values
9.Weekly reports
Power integration,
Average value within a time,
Maximum demand values
10.Monthly reports
Power integration,
Average value within a time,
Maximum demand values
11.DemandPower integration,
Average value within a time,
12.Integration
Power integration,
Average value within a time,
Maximum demand values
* The minimum/maximum value data the time at which eachminimum/maximum value was generated.
* Not included load factor and usage factor in demand data, however.
* Maximum demand values include the time at which the value wasgenerated.
* Regarding the above five items, the tabulated results for each measurementperiod can also be output by coordinating the settings of the instantaneousvalues, maximum values, minimum values, power integration , and theaverage values within a time.
149────────────────────────────────────────────────────
10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
CAUTION In the case of demand measurement, the print/save item settings are made ina special manner as described below.1) First, set to "ON" all of the necessary items from among daily report, weekly
report, monthly report, demand measurement and integrated measurement.(Multiple items may be set.)
2) Next, set the items that are to actually be output from among theinstantaneous values, maximum values, minimum values, integrated powerlevels, and average values over time; these items are set in common withthe items selected in step 1 above. (Multiple items may be set.)
3) In short, only the items selected in both step 1 (tabulation period) and step 2(output items) are selected and valid initially. If only one setting is set to"ON", nothing is output.
(2) Setting conditionsAll setting conditions can be printed out, whether from the setting screen for agiven measurement mode, or from "Setting" mode.
150────────────────────────────────────────────────────
10.3 Connection Method────────────────────────────────────────────────────
CAUTION ・The initial settings of the 9442 PRINTER when it is shipped from the factoryallow it to be connected to and used with the 3166. When using a differentbut equivalent printer, it may be necessary to change the settings. Checkthe operation manual provided with the printer and make the settingsaccordingly.
・For details on the operation and handling of the printer, refer to the printer’soperation manual.
・For the printer, use 1196 RECORDING PAPER (thermal paper,10 rolls) or anequivalent.
・In general, any printer that supports the RS-232C interface can be used withthe 3166, some models may not print properly, depending on the data that isbeing output. Therefore, we recommend the 9442 PRINTER.
MaleFemale
Printer Cable Connection
10.3 Connection Method
(1) Recommended printerUse the 9442 PRINTER, the 9443 AC ADAPTER, the 9444 CONNECTIONCABLE (for Printer), and the 1196 RECORDING PAPER . (All are options.)
9442 DPU-414 (SEIKO INSTRUMENTS INC.)9443-01 PW-4007-J1 (SEIKO INSTRUMENTS INC.)(JAPAN)9443-02 PW-4007-E1 (SEIKO INSTRUMENTS INC.)(EU)9443-03 PW-4007-U1 (SEIKO INSTRUMENTS INC.)(U.S.A)
(2) Connection method
1. Turn off the power meter and the printer.
2. Connect the specified connecting cable between the RS-232C connector on thepower meter and the connector on the printer.
151────────────────────────────────────────────────────
10.3 Connection Method────────────────────────────────────────────────────
D-sub 9-pin male
To power meter To 9442 Printer
D-sub 9-pin female
Frame Frame
9444 CONNECTION CABLE
CAUTION Use a molded cable connector for connection to the 3166. Metal cableconnectors (with tabs that protrude) cannot be connected to the 3166 due tothe design of the 3166.
WARNING To avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before pluggingor unplugging any cablesor peripherals.
Reference Sanwa Supply’s KB-M98K straight extension cable can also be used to connectthe 3166 to the 9442 PRINTER.
152────────────────────────────────────────────────────
10.4 Operating Procedure────────────────────────────────────────────────────
RS-232C Device Setting
Printer Setting Window
Print/Save Items("Normal Measurement" Mode)
10.4 Operating Procedure
(1) In Setting mode, set "RS-232C device" to "PRINTER".
For details on how to make this setting, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232CDevice."
(2) Set the "Print/Save" items on the setting screens for each measurement mode.Note that these settings also define what information is to be saved on floppydisk.
1. Normal measurement mode (refer to section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items")
153────────────────────────────────────────────────────
10.4 Operating Procedure────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Print/Save Items("Integrated Measurement" Mode)
Print/Save Items("Demand Measurement" Mode)
NOTE
2. "Integrated Measurement" mode (refer to section 6.5.6, "Print/Save Items")
3. "Demand Measurement" mode (refer to section 7.5.5, "Print/Save Items")
The items that can be set differ for each measurement mode.
154────────────────────────────────────────────────────
10.4 Operating Procedure────────────────────────────────────────────────────
PRINTER Key
Output Interval Time Setting
(3) Manual printing
Measurement data can be printed out at any time by pressing the PRINT key.When printing the data on the display screen, activate the "data hold" featurefirst and then print the data.
(4) Automatic output
Data can be printed automatically at a predetermined interval in "IntegratedMeasurement" mode and in "Demand Measurement" mode. Manual printingis still possible in this case.
In both measurement modes:
1. Set "RS-232C auto output" to "ON".
2. In "Integrated Measurement" mode, set the output interval time.In "Demand Measurement" mode, the data is output each demand period.For details on these settings, refer to section 6.5.5, "Output Interval Time,"section 6.5.9, "RS-232C Automatic Output," and section 7.5.8, "RS-232CAutomatic Output."
3. Once measurement starts, the data is printed out automatically at thepredetermined interval time.
155────────────────────────────────────────────────────
10.4 Operating Procedure────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
CAUTION Using the printer in a high-temperature or high-humidity environment should beavoided at all costs. This can seriously reduce the printer life.
Reference Printing timeBecause one roll of 1196 Printing Paper is 25 meters long, it is possible tocalculate the length of time that measurement and printing can continue bycalculating the length of one printout of data.For example, when printing all items for a three-phase, four-wire line in"Integrated Measurement" mode, one printout of data requires approximately360 mm of paper (about 4 mm/line). ((Approximately 193 mm, except for themaximum and minimum values.) If the interval time is 30 minutes, thelength of time that measurement and printing can continue is calculated asfollows:
Number of printouts: N = 25 m/360 mm = 69 printoutsContinuous operation time: T = interval time x N = 30 minutes x 69= 2070 minutes = 34 hours and 30 minutesA red line appears on the last 60 centimeters of the recording paper,indicating that only a little paper remains.
Special printed outputJust as with the display, "o.r." is printed for out-of-range data, and "----"is printed for invalid data.
・Because the items that are printed out vary with the measurement mode, setthe items for each mode separately. Note that the data that is output is thesame, whether for manual printing or automatic output.・Be sure to load enough paper so that the printer will not run out.・For details on how to print out the setting conditions, refer to the section
entitled, "Printing Out the Settings," in each chapter describing the differentmeasurement modes and Setting mode.
156────────────────────────────────────────────────────
10.4 Operating Procedure────────────────────────────────────────────────────
157────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.1 Connection Method────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
WARNING In order to avoid the possibility of an electric shock, unplug the powermeter’s power cord and disconnect the other wiring before connectingthe RS-232 cable to the interface connector.
Turn the power off when connecting the personal computer to thepower meter. Connecting or disconnecting cables while the power is oncould damage the equipment.
CAUTION ・After connecting the RS-232C cable, always be sure to secure theconnection with the screws on the connector.
・Use a molded cable connector for connection to the 3166. Metal cableconnectors (with tabs that protrude) cannot be connected to the 3166 due tothe design of the 3166.
Chapter 11Connecting a Computer
11.1 Connection Method
The 3166 includes a RS-232C interface as a standard feature.A personal computer can be connected to the power meter through thisinterface; the personal computer can then be used to remotely control thefunctions of the power meter, to retrieve data, etc. (Turning the power meteron and off and changing the RS-232C interface settings are not possible.) TheRS-232C interface can also be used to output data to a printer, or to remotelycontrol the power meter through a modem connection.This chapter explains how to connect a computer ("personal computer") to thepower meter and how to operate the power meter through the computer.The RS-232C interface is a serial interface standard that was established bythe EIA (Electronic Industries Association of the U.S.).
158────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.2.1 RS-232C Interface Specifications
Transfer method Start-stop synchronization, full-duplex
Printer-related settings Baud rate (bps): 2400, 9600
Data length (bits) 7/8
Parity check EVEN/ODD/OFF
Stop bits 1/2
Input voltage level +5V to +15V ON
-15V to -5V OFF
Output voltage level +5V to +9V ON
-9V to -5V OFF
Pin No EIA symbol JIS symbol Common symbol Function
1 CF CD DCD Data channel detection
2 BB RD RxD Reception data
3 BA SD TxD Transmission data
4 CD ER DTR Data terminal ready
5 AB SG GND Signal ground
6 CC DR DSR Data set ready
7 CA RS RTS Ready to send
8 CB CS CTS Clear to send
9 CE CI RI Call indicator
11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface
The 3166’s RS-232C interface complies with:・EIA RS-232C・CCITT V.24・JIS X51101
1. General specifications (concerning the personal computer)
2. Interface specifications (DTE operation)
3. Connector specification
159────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
RS-232C Connector Pin Assignments
DOS/V PCFlow control: None, XON/XOFF
To power meter To PC
D-sub 9-pin female
D-sub 25-pin male
Frame
Frame
RS-232C Cable
DOS/V PCFlow control: None, XON/XOFF
To power meter To PC
D-sub 9-pin female
FrameFrame
D-sub 9-pin female
Frame
RS-232C Cable
Connector: D-sub 9-pin (male)Manufacturer: Nippon Koku Denshi Kogyo DELC-J9PAF-23L9
4. RS-232C cable connection examples
160────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────
DOS/V, PC-9801 PCFlow control: RTS/CTS, both
To power meterConnection To PC
D-sub 9-pinFemale D-sub 25-pin
FemaleD-sub 25-pinMale
D-sub 25-pinMale
Frame
Frame Frame Frame
RS-232C Cable
DOS/V, PC-9801 PCFlow control: None, XON/XOFF
To power meterConnection To PC
D-sub 25-pinFemale D-sub 25-pin
FemaleD-sub 25-pinMale
D-sub 25-pinMale
Frame
FrameFrame Frame
RS-232C Cable
Reference ・Connecting to a DOS/V personal computerFlow control: None, XON/XOFF:Use a cable such as Sanwa Supply’s KRS-423XF1K KRS-403XF1K RS-232CCable (reverse).
Flow control: RTS/CTS, both:Use a cable such as Sanwa Supply’s KRS-107K RS-232C Cable (reverse) incombination with the D09-9F25F Adapter.・Connecting to an NEC PC-9801
Flow control: None, XON/XOFF:Use a cable such as Sanwa Supply’s KRS-117K RS-232C Cable (reverse) incombination with the D09-9F25F Adapter.
Flow control: RTS/CTS, both:Use a cable such as Sanwa Supply’s KRS-107K RS-232C Cable (reverse) incombination with the D09-9F25F Adapter.
161────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
11.2.2 Setting Method
RS-232C Device Setting
Personal Computer Setting Window
NOTE
Set the RS-232C device item in "Setting" mode to personal computer.Set the other personal computer interface items as necessary.For specific details on these settings, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device."
The communications conditions for the personal computer and the powermeter must match.
162────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.2.3 Flow of the Basic Operating Procedure
Connect the RS-232C cable
Connect the power meter to the line being measured
Control the power meter remotely by sending commands
from the personal computer
Turn the power meter and the personal computer on
Set the communication conditions for the personal computer
Set the baud rate, the data length, parity checking,
stop bits, flow control and the delimiter
163────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.3.1 Messages
Messages
Program messages
Response messages
Command messages
Query messages
Execution confirmation messages
11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface
Messages are classified as shown below:
Of these, program messages are those received by the unit from the personalcomputer, while response messages are those sent from the unit to thepersonal computer.
(1) Program messages
Program messages can be divided into either command messages or querymessages.Command messages are orders for control of the unit, such as for makingsettings or for reset or the like.Query messages are orders for responses relating to results of operation,results of measurement, or the state of device settings.
(2) Response messages
After a query message has been received, a response message is produced themoment that its syntax has been checked. It is also possible to change themessage unit separator of response messages from the semicolon ";" to thecomma "," , using the command "TRANsmit:SEParator". Initially thisseparator is set to the semicolon ";".
A space is represented by " "(space) in this manual.
Headers on "V +101.2E+0;A +1.200E-3"Headers off "+101.2E+0;+1.200E-3"
(3) Execution confirmation message
Execution confirmation message is the numeric data created by analyzing andexecuting one line of data (data up to the terminator) from the personalcomputer. This numeric data is returned to the personal computer. Thepersonal computer and this unit are synchronized by means of this data.
164────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.3.2 Command Syntax
CURRentCURR
Accepted
CURRECUR
Error
11.3.3 Headers
The names of commands for the 3166 are as far as possible mnemonic.Furthermore, all commands have a long form, and an abbreviated short form.In command references in this manual, the short form is written in upper caseletters, and then this is continued in lower case letters so as to constitute thelong form. Either of these forms will be accepted during operation, butintermediate forms will not be accepted. Further, during operation both lowercase letters and upper case letters will be accepted without distinction.
Response messages generated by the 3166 are in long form and in upper caseletters.
Whether or not headers are prefixed to response messages is set by the"HEADer" command. It is essential to prefix headers to program messages.
(1) Command program headers
There are two types of command: simple commands, compound commands,and standard commands.
Simple command headerThis header is a sequence of letters and digits.
HEADer
Compound command headerThis header is made up from a plurality of simple command type headersmarked off by colons.
VOLTage:RANGe
(2) Query program headers
These are for commands used for interrogating the unit about the results ofoperations, about measured values, or about the current states of settings forthe unit. As shown by the following examples, they can be recognized asqueries by a question mark appearing after the program header. The structureof the header is identical to that of a command program header, with "?"always being affixed to the last command. There are queries possible in eachof the three previously described types of command form.
MEASure:NORMal? <data1> to <data10>SCALe:PT?
165────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.3.4 Delimiter
NOTE
11.3.5 Separators
The power meter accepts the LF code as the message terminator.Furthermore, the following can be selected as the response messageterminator with the "TRANsmit:TERMinator" command:
1. LF
2. CR
3. CR and LF
The initial selection are three.
For details on the "TRANsmit:TERMinator" command, refer to section 11.4,"Command Reference."
(1) Message unit separator
A semicolon ";" is used as a message unit separator when it is desired to setout several messages on a single line.
":SCALe:PT 2;:SCALe:CT 4;:AVERaging 10"
(2) Header separator
In a message which has a header and data, a space (represented by " "(space)in the examples) is used as the header separator to separate the header fromthe data.
":VOLTage:AUTO ON" (actually, " " is not displayed.)
(3) Data separator
If a message has several data items, commas are required as data separatorsfor separating these data items from one another.
":INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM 7,63,3"
166────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.3.6 Data Formats
The 3166 uses character string data and decimal numeric data, and the typeused varies according to the command in question.
(1) Character data
Character string data must always begin with an alphabetic character, andthe following characters can be either alphabetic characters or numerals.Although in character data either upper case letters or lower case letters areaccepted, response messages output by the 3166 are always in upper caseletters.
":VOLTage:AUTO"
(2) Decimal data
The numeric data values are all represented in decimal, in three formatsidentified as NR1, NR2 and NR3, and each of these can appear as either asigned number or an unsigned number. Unsigned numbers are taken aspositive.
Further, if the accuracy of a numerical value exceeds the range with which the3166 can deal, it is rounded off. (5 and above is rounded up; 4 and below isrounded down).
NR1 format: integer data (+12, -23, 34)
NR2 format: fixed point numbers (+1.23, -23.45, 3.456)
NR3 format: floating point numbers (+1.2E-2, -2.3E+4)
The term "NRf format" includes all these three formats.When the 3166 is receiving it accepts NRf format. When it is sendingresponse messages it utilizes whichever one of the formats NR1 to NR3 isindicated in the particular command.
All of the following examples set the PT 10: ":SCALe:PT 10" ":SCALe:PT 10.2" ":SCALe:PT 1.04E1"
167────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.3.7 Abbreviation of Compound Commands
NOTE
When several compound commands have a common head portion, for example:SCAL:PT and :SCAL:CT, then, when and only when writing them directlyfollowing on from one another, this common portion (:SCAL: in this example)can be omitted from each command. This common portion is called "thecurrent path", by analogy with the general concept of the current directory inthe directory structure of UNIX or MS-DOS, and until it is cleared theanalysis of following commands is performed by deeming them to be precededby the current path which has been curtailed in the interests of brevity. Thismanner of using the current path is shown in the following example:
Normal expression
":SCALe:CT 2;:SCALe:PT 10;:SCALe:CT?"
Abbreviated expression:
":SCALe:CT 2;PT 10;CT?"
This becomes the current path, and can be curtailed from the followingcommands.The current path is cleared when the power is turned on, when a system resetis performed by key input, when a colon ":" appears at the start of a command,and when delimiter is detected.
・Messages of standard command form can be executed without relation to thecurrent path.However, in order to prevent confusion with abbreviated forms and mistakesin operation, it is recommended practice always to prefix ":" to headers.
・With the 3166, there are nine possible current paths:
":CURRent:"":DEMand:"":DISPlay:"":INTEgrate:"":MEASure:"":NORMal:"":SCALe:"":TRANsmit:"":VOLTage:"
168────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.3.8 Output Queue
11.3.9 Input Buffer
Response messages accumulate in the output queue and are read out as dataand cleared by the personal computer. The output queue is also cleared in thefollowing circumstances:
1. Turing on the power
2. Reset by key input
3. Query error.
If a new message is received while there is data in the output queue, theoutput queue is cleared and a query error is generated.
The capacity of the power meter’s input buffer is 1024 bytes. If more than1024 bytes of data are to be transmitted and the buffer becomes full, data isread and discarded until analysis of the data in the input buffer is complete.(This applies when XON/XOFF control and RTS/CTS control are disabled.)
169────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Syntax Indicates the command syntax.
data Indicates the data format for a command that includes data.
Function Describes the function of the command.
Note Describes points that require special attention when using the command.
Response Indicated only for commands for which a response message is returned.
Error Indicates the what kinds of errors might occur. Note that misspellings area type of error that applies to all commands, and are therefore not explicitlymentioned.
Example Shows a simple example illustrating the usage of the command. Alltransmissions are indicated in "short form."Transmission: A command that is sent by the controllerResponse: Data that is received by the controller
NOTE
11.4 Command Reference
11.4.1 Description of the Command Reference Format
This section explains each command in detail.
・A "query" is a request to retrieve setting information or measured values. Ifan error occurs during a query, no query response message is generated.・In the case of a system error, the query is not executed and a device-
dependent error results.
170────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Display averaging time setting
Syntax AVERaging data
data 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function ・ Sets the number of measurements over which the display averaging time isto be performed.・ data can be received in NRf format, but after the decimal point 5 and above
will be rounded up while 4 and below will be rounded down.
Note Setting the averaging time causes a restart.
Error ・ If data is not in NRf format, a command error is generated.・ If data is not one of the above listed values, an execution error is generated.・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If this command is executed in the HOLD state .In the event of a system error (the command is not executed).Integration or demand measurement is in progress.
Example Transmission ":AVER 2"Display averaging time is set to 2.
■ Display averaging time query
Syntax AVERaging?
Function Returns the current setting of the number of measurements over which thedisplay averaging time is to be performed, as a numerical value (data) inNR1 format.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
"AVERAGING data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":AVER?"":AVERAGING 2"
":AVER?""2"
11.4.2 Commands
AVERaging
AVERaging?
171────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Backlight setting
Syntax BACKlight data
data ON, OFF, AUTO (character data)
Function Turns the LCD backlight on and off.
Error If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an commanderror is generated.
Example Transmission ":BACK ON"Turns the LCD backlight on.
■ Backlight setting query
Syntax BACKlight?
Function Returns the current backlight setting in (data) as either ON,OFF orAUTO OFF .
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":BACKLIGHT ON""ON"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":BACK?"":BACKLIGHT ON"
":BACK?""ON"
BACKlight
BACKlight?
172────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Key beep ON or OFF setting
Syntax BEEPer data
data ON, OFF (character data)
Function Turns the key beep on and off.
Error If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.
Example Transmission ":BEEP ON"Turns the key beep on.
■ Key beep setting query
Syntax BEEPer?
Function Returns the current key beep setting in (data) as either ON or OFF.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":BEEPER ON""ON"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":BEEP?"":BEEPER ON"
":BEEP?""ON"
BEEPer
BEEPer?
173────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Real time (system clock) setting
Syntax CLOCk data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6
data data1 Year 1980 to 2079 (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 Month 1 to 12 (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 Day 1 to 31 (numerical data in NR1 format)data4 Hours 0 to 23 (numerical data in NR1 format)data5 Minutes 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)data6 Seconds 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the real time (system clock) to the actual date and time.
Note If this command is executed while measurement is in progress in NormalMeasurement mode, the data concerning the time at which the minimumand maximum values were generated will be invalid.
Error ・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.When the system error occurs.
・ An execution error results in the following cases:If an attempt was made to specify a nonexistent date.
Example Transmission ":CLOC 1997,02,28,18,04,30"Sets the system clock to 18:04:30, February 28, 1997.
■ Real time (system clock) query
Syntax CLOCk?
Function Returns the current date and time according to the system clock in (data1)through (data6), all in the form of NR1 numeric data.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":CLOCK data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6""data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":CLOC?"":CLCOK 1997,02,28,15,25,40"
":CLOC?""1997,02,28,15,25,40"
CLOCk
CLOCk?
174────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Contrast setting
Syntax CONTrast data
data 0 to 15 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the LCD contrast to one of 16 levels, from 0 to 15.
Error An execution error results if a value outside of the allowable range (a valuethat is not an integer from 0 to 15) is specified.
Example Transmission ":CONT 8"
Sets the LCD contrast to "8".
■ Contrast setting query
Syntax CONTrast?
Function Returns the current contrast setting in (data) in the form of NR1 numericdata.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
:CONTRAST data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":CONT?CURR"":CONTRAST 8"
":CONT?""8"
CONTrast
CONTrast?
175────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Current range setting value query
Syntax CURRent?
Function Returns the presently set current range as a numerical value (data1) inNR1 format and current aut ranging as "ON" or "OFF" (data2).
Note By using the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command, the message unit separatorcan be changed from the semicolon ";" to the comma ",".
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":CURRENT:RANGE data1;AUTO data2""data1 ,data2"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":CURR?"":CURRENT:RANGE 20;AUTO OFF"
":CURR?""20;OFF"
CURRent?
176────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Current auto range setting
Syntax CURRent:AUTO data
data ON, OFF (character data)
Function Turns current auto range.
Error ・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:When this command is executed in the hold state.If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orexecuting integrated measurement or demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
・If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an executionerror is generated.
Example Transmission ":CURR:AUTO ON"
Current auto range setting is turned on.
■ Current auto range setting query
Syntax CURRent:AUTO?
Function Returns as "ON" or "OFF" (data) whether or not current (amperage) autoranging is presently enabled.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
:CURRENT:AUTO data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":CURR:AUTO?"":CURRENT:AUTO ON"
":CURR:AUTO?""ON"
CURRent:AUTO
CURRent:AUTO?
177────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Current range setting
Syntax CURRent:AUTO data
data 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the current range. The units are amps (A).
Error ・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If this command is executed in the HOLD state .If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orexecuting integrated measurement or demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
・If the value other than setting 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 limits are set, anexecution error is generated.
Example Transmission ":CURR:RANG 50"Sets to 50 A range.
■ Current range setting query
Syntax CURRent:RANGe?
Function Returns the presently set current range as a numerical value (data) in NR1format.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":CURRENT:RANGE data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":CURR:RANG?"":CURRENT:RANGE 20"
":CURR:RANG?""20"
CURRent:RANGe
CURRent:RANGe?
178────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Demand measurement D/A output item setting
Syntax DEMand:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4
data U1, U2, U3, UAVE (character data)I1, I2, I3, IAVE (character data)P, Q, S, PF, F (character data)WP, +WP, -WP (character data)
Function Sets the D/A output (channels 1 to 4) items in Demand measurement mode.
Error ・ An execution error results if any character data other than that indicatedabove is set for (data1), (data2), (data3), or (data4).・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.If an item that was specified (U2, U3, UAVE, I2, I3, IAVE) is notavailable for the line being measured.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":DEM:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"
Sets the D/A output item CH1 to "U1", CH2 to "P", CH3 to "Q", and CH4 to"S" in Demand mode.
■ Demand measurement D/A output item query
Syntax DEMand:AOUT?
Function Returns the Demand measurement mode D/A output item settings in(data1) through (data4) in the form of character data.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":DEMAND:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4""data1,data2;data3,data4"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":DEM:AOUT?"":DEMAND:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"
":DEM:AOUT?D""U1,P,Q,S"
DEMand:AOUT
DEMand:AOUT?
179────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Demand measurement integrated output rate setting
Syntax DEMand:AOUT:RATE data1,data2,data3,data4
data 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (numerical data in NR 1)1: 5 V/5 kWh2: 5 V/10 kWh3: 5 V/50 kWh4: 5 V/100 kWh5: 5 V/500 kWh6: 5 V/1 MWh
Function Sets the output rate when an integrated value was specified for the D/Aoutput in Demand measurement mode.
Error ・ An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above isset for (data).・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":DEM:AOUT:RATE 1"
Sets the Demand mode D/A output rate to "5 V/5 kWh".
■ Demand measurement integrated output rate query
Syntax DEMand:AOUT:RATE?
Function Returns the Demand measurement mode D/A output rate setting.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":DEMAND:AOUT:RATE data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":DEM:AOUT:RATE?"":DEMAND:AOUT:RATE 1"
":DEM:AOUT:RATE?""1"
DEMand:AOUT:RATE
DEMand:AOUT:RATE?
180────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Demand measurement FD automatic output setting
Syntax DEMand:DATAout:FD data
data ON, OFF (character data)
Function Sets Demand measurement mode FD automatic to either "ON" or "OFF".
Note If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in thedrive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,this command itself ends normally, but the first attempt to executeautomatic output will generate an error, and automatic output will not beexecuted.
Error ・ If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an executionerror is generated.・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":DEM:DATA:FD ON"
Demand measurement mode FD automatic setting is turned on.
■ Demand measurement FD automatic output query
Syntax DEMand:DATAout:FD?
Function Returns the current Demand measurement mode FD automatic outputquery in (data) as either ON or OFF.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":CURRENT:AUTO data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":DEM:DATA:FD?"":DEMAND:DATAOUT:FD ON"
":DEM:DATA:FD?""ON"
DEMand:DATAout:FD
DEMand:DATAout:FD?
181────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Demand measurement FD output file name setting
Syntax DEMand:DATAout:FILEname data
data Character string consisting of up to 8 normal-sized characters
Function Sets the file name that is used for Demand measurement mode FD output.
Note ・ The following characters can be used in file names:Upper-case letters from A to ZNumbers form 0 to 9-, ^, $ , ~ , ! , # , % , & , - , { , } , ( , ) , @ , ’ , ‘Shift JIS codes・ A file extension cannot be specified.・ If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in the
drive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,this command itself ends normally, but the first attempt to executeautomatic output will generate an error, and automatic output will not beexecuted.
Error ・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
・ An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character thatcannot be used in (data).・ An execution error results if an attempt was made to specify a character
string that consisted of 9 or more characters.
Example Transmission ":DEM:DATA:FILE TEST"Sets "TEST" as the file name for Demand measurement mode FD output.
■ Demand measurement FD output file name query
Syntax DEMand:DATAout:FILEname?
Function Returns the name of the file used for Demand measurement mode FDoutput in (data) in the form of a character string.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":DEMAND:DATAOUT:FILENAME data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":DEM:DATA:FILE?"":DEMAND:DATAOUT:FILENAME TEST"
":DATA:DEM:FILE?""TEST"
DEMand:DATAout:FILEname
DEMand:DATAout:FILEname?
182────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Demand print/save item setting
Syntax DEMand:DATAout:ITEM data1,data2,data3,data4
data data1, data2, data3,data4 0 to 255 (numerical data in NR 1)
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
data1 Instantan-
eous
power
Instantan-
eous
current
Instantan-
eous
voltage
data2 Minimum
power
Minimum
currentMinimumvoltage
Maximum
power
Maximum
current
Maximum
voltage
data3 Power
integration
Average
value
data4 Integration Monthly
report
Weekly
report
Daily
report
Demand
Function ・ Sets the print/save items for Demand measurement mode. Send data withthe bits corresponding to the items to be output set.・ No error results if a bit with no corresponding item is set.
Error ・ If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":DEM:DATA:ITEM 7,63,3,31"Sets the Demand measurement mode print/save items to "all data".
■ Demand print/save item query
Syntax DEMand:DATAout:ITEM?
Function Returns the print/save items for Demand measurement mode as anumerical value (data1, data2, data3, data4) in NR1 format. This value isone of the set: 0 through 255.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":DEMAND:DATAOUT:ITEM data1,data2,data3,data4""data1,data2,data3,data4"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":DEM:DATA:ITEM?"":DEMAND:DATAOUT:ITEM7,0,0,0"
":DEM:DATA:ITEM?""7,0,0,0"
DEMand:DATAout:ITEM
DEMand:DATAout:ITEM?
183────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Demand measurement start in demand measurement mode
Syntax DEMand:STARt
data No present
Function Puts demand measurement into the wait state.
Note If this command is executed, the power meter enters the demandmeasurement wait state. If the demand measurement start time hasalready passed when the power meter enters this state, demandmeasurement is not executed.
Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":DEM:STAR"
Puts demand measurement into the wait state.
DEMand:STARt
184────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Demand measurement start time setting
Syntax DEMand:STARt:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5
data data1 Year 1980 to 2079 (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 Month 1 to 12 (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 Day 1 to 31 (numerical data in NR1 format)data4 Hours 0 to 23 (numerical data in NR1 format)data5 Minutes 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the demand measurement start time.
Note If a time that has already passed is set, demand measurement does notbegin.
Error ・An execution error occurs if a nonexistent date is set.・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":DEM:STAR:TIME 1997,1,8,20,45"
Sets the demand measurement start time to 20:45:00 on January 8, 1997.
■ Demand measurement start time query
Syntax DEMand:STARt:TIME?
Function The demand start time is returned in (data1) through (data5). (All as NR1numeric data.)
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":DEMAND:START:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5""data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":DEM:STAR:TIME?"":DEMAND:START:TIME 1997,1,8,20,45"
":DEM:STAR:TIME?""1997,1,8,20,45"
DEMand:STARt:TIME
DEMand:STARt:TIME?
185────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Demand measurement status query
Syntax DEMand:STATe?
data 0, 1, 2, 3 (NR1 numeric data)0: Reset1: In standby2: Demanding3: Stopped
Function Returns the demand measurement status by means of NR1 numeric data(data).
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":DEMAND:STATE data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":DEM:STATE?"":DEMAND:STATE 1"
":DEM:STAT?""1"
■ Demand measurement stop in demand measurement mode
Syntax DEMand:STARt
data No present
Function Stops demand measurement.
Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":DEM:STAR"
Stops demand measurement.
DEMand:STATe?
DEMand:STOP
186────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Demand measurement stop time setting
Syntax DEMand:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5
data data1 Year 1980 to 2079 (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 Month 1 to 12 (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 Day 1 to 31 (numerical data in NR1 format)data4 Hours 0 to 23 (numerical data in NR1 format)data5 Minutes 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the demand measurement stop time.
Error ・If an attempt was made to specify a nonexistent date, a command error isgenerated.・An execution error results if an attempt was made to set a time that
precedes the demand measurement start time.・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":DEM:STOP:TIME 1997,02,28,18,04"
Sets the demand measurement stop time to 16:18:04 on February 28, 1997.
■ Demand measurement stop time query
Syntax DEMand:STOP:TIME?
Function Returns the demand measurement stop time in (data1) through (data5), allin the form of NR1 numeric data.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":DEMAND:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5""data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":DEM:STOP:TIME?"":DEMAND:STOP:TIME 1997,02,28,18,04"
":DEM:STOP:TIME?""1997,02,28,18,04"
DEMand:STOP:TIME
DEMand:STOP:TIME?
187────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Demand time setting
Syntax DEMand:TIME data
data 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (numerical data in NR1 format)0: 5 minutes 6: 3 hours1: 10 minutes 7: 4 hours2: 15 minutes 8: 6 hours3: 30 minutes 9: 8 hours4: 1 hour 10: 12 hours5: 2 hours
Function Sets the demand measurement time.
Error ・An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above isset for (data).・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":DEM:TIME 3"
Sets the demand measurement time to 30 minutes.
■ Demand time query
Syntax DEMand:TIME?
Function Returns the demand period setting.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":DEMAND:TIME data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":DEM:TIME?"":DEMAND:TIME 3"
":DEM:TIME?""3"
DEMand:TIME
DEMand:TIME?
188────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Transformer capacity setting
Syntax DEMand:TRANs data
data 0 to 1000000 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function ・Sets the transformer capacity. The unit is " VA".・Although values in NRf format are accepted in (data).
Note If the transformer capacity is set to "0", the TLF calculation is not made.
Error An execution error results if an attempt was made to set a value outside ofthe range indicated above.
Example Transmission ":DEM:TRAN 3000"
Sets the transformer capacity to 3 kVA.
■ Transformer capacity query
Syntax DEMand:TRANs?
Function Returns the transformer capacity setting by means of NR3 numeric data(data).
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":DEMAND data""data"
data +1.2345E+03 (numerical data in NR3) format
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":DEM:TRAN?"":DEMAND:TRANS +1.2345E+03"
":DEM:TRAN?""+1.2345E+03"
DEMand:TRANs
DEMand:TRANs?
189────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Display screen query
Syntax DISPlay?
Function Returns the screen that is currently being displayed.
Note ・Note that if the header setting is OFF, only the data portion is returned,making it impossible to determine which screen is being displayed.・If FD mode or Setting mode is displayed, the response is "FD" or
"STATUS’, respectively.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":DISP:INTEGRATE data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":DISP?"":DISPLAY:NORMAL 1"
":DISP?""1"
DISPlay?
190────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Demand measurement mode display
Syntax DISPlay:DEMand data
data 1 to 16 (numerical data in NR1 format)1: Instantaneous value2: Integrated minimum/maximum3: Integrated 1/24: Integrated 2/25: Demand minimum/maximum6: Demand 1/27: Demand 2/28: Daily report minimum/maximum9: Daily report 1/210:Daily report 2/211:Weekly report minimum/maximum12:Weekly report 1/213:Weekly report 2/214:Monthly report minimum/maximum15:Monthly report 1/216:Monthly report 2/2
Function Displays the Demand measurement mode screen.
Note ・If this command is executed, the current maximum/minimum value dataand the integrated measurement data are reset.・If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or during
integrated measurement, a device-dependent error results. Use the STOPcommand to release the power meter from the integrating state beforeexecuting this command.
Error ・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.
・An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above isset for (data).
Example Transmission ":DISPLAY:DEMAND 1"
Displays the Demand mode "Instantaneous Value" screen.
DISPlay:DEMand
191────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Integrated measurement mode display
Syntax DISPlay:INTEgrate data
data 1, 2, 3, 4 (numerical data in NR1 format)1: Instantaneous value2: Minimum/maximum3: Integrated 1/24: Integrated 2/2
Function Displays the Integrated Measurement mode screen.
Note ・If this command is executed, the current minimum/maximum value dataand the integrated measurement data are reset.・If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or during
demand measurement, a device-dependent error results. Use the STOPcommand to release the power meter from the integrating state beforeexecuting this command.
Error ・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generate:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
・An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above isset for (data).
Example Transmission ":DISP:INTE 1"
Displays the Integrated mode "Instantaneous Value" screen.
DISPlay:INTEgrate
192────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Normal measurement mode display
Syntax DISPlay:NORMal data
data 1, 2 (numerical data in NR1 format)1:Instantaneous value2: Minimum/maximum
Function Displays the Normal Measurement mode screen.
Note ・If this command is executed, the current maximum/minimum value dataand the integrated measurement data are reset.・If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement. Use theSTOP command to release the power meter from the integrating statebefore executing this command.
Error ・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated.(1) If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement.(2) In the event of a system error.・An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is
set for (data).
Example Transmission ":DISP:NORM 1"
Displays the Normal Measurement mode "Instantaneous Value" screen.
DISPlay:NORMal
193────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Initial screen display
Syntax DISPlay:INItial
data No present
Function Displays the initial screen.
Note If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for orexecuting integrated measurement and demand measurement, a device-dependent error results. Use the STOP command to release the powermeter from the integrating state before executing this command.
Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orexecuting integrated measurement and demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":DISP:INI"
Displays the initial screen.
■ Data reset execution
Syntax DRESet
data No present
Function Executes a data reset, clearing the minimum/maximum value data,integrated data, and demand data.
Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orexecuting integrated measurement and demand measurement.
) In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":DRES"
Executes a data reset.
DISPlay:INItial
DRESet
194────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Measurement line frequency setting
Syntax FREQuency data
data 50, 60, 400 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the frequency of the line that is to be measured.
Note If this setting is not correct, it may be impossible to obtain correctmeasurements.
Error An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above isset for (data).
Example Transmission ":FREQ 60"
Sets the frequency of the line being measured as "60 Hz".
■ Measurement line frequency setting query
Syntax FREQuency?
Function Returns the setting for the frequency of the line being measured.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":FREQUENCY data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":FREQ?"":FREQUENCY 60"
":FREQ?""60"
FREQuency
FREQuency?
195────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Header setting
Syntax HEADer data
data ON, OFF (character data)
Function Sets whether or not a header is included in RS-232C command responses.
Error A device-dependent error results if any character data other than "ON" or"OFF" is set for <data>. (While in integrated measurement or demandmeasurement standby, or during integrated measurement)
Example Transmission ":HEAD OFF"
Sets the header to OFF.
■ Header setting query
Syntax HEADer?
Function Returns the header setting.
Note With this query, if any error occurs, no response message is produced.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":HEADER data""OFF"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":HEAD?"":HEADER ON"
":HEAD?""OFF"
HEADer
HEADer?
196────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Data hold setting
Syntax HOLD data
data ON, OFF (character data)
Function Sets data hold measurement to ON or OFF.
Error An execution error results if a character setting other than those indicatedabove is specified in (data).
Example Transmission ":HOLD ON"Sets the data hold to ON.
■ Hold setting query
Syntax HOLD?
Function Returns the data hold setting.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":HOLD data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":HOLD?"":HOLD ON"
":HOLD?""ON"
HOLD
HOLD?
197────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Integrated measurement D/A output item setting
Syntax DEMand:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4
data U1, U2, U3, UAVE (character data)I1, I2, I3, IAVE (character data)P, Q, S, PF, F (character data)WP, +WP, -WP (character data)
Function Sets the D/A output (channels 1 to 4) items in Integrated measurementmode.
Error ・ An execution error results if any data other than that indicated above is setfor (data1), (data2), (data3), or (data4).・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.If an item that was specified (U2, U3, UAVE, I2, I3, IAVE) is notavailable for the line being measured.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":INTE:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"
Sets the D/A output item CH1 to "U1", CH2 to "P", CH3 to "Q", and CH4 to"S" in Integrated measurement mode.
■ Integrated measurement D/A output item query
Syntax INTEgrate:AOUT?
Function Returns the Integrated mode D/A output item settings in (data1) through(data4) in the form of character data.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":INTEGRATE:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4""data1,data2,data3,data4"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":INTE:AOUT?"":INTEGRATE:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"
":INTE:AOUT?""U1,P,Q,S"
INTEgrate:AUOT
INTEgrate:AUTO?
198────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Integrated measurement D/A output rate setting
Syntax INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE data
data 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ,6 (numerical data in NR1 format)1: 5 V/5 kWh2: 5 V/10 kWh3: 5 V/50 kWh4: 5 V/100 kWh5: 5 V/500 kWh6: 5 V/1 MWh
Function Sets the output rate when an integrated value was specified for the D/Aoutput in Integrated mode.
Error ・An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is setfor (data).・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":INTE:AOUT:RATE 1"
Sets the D/A output item to 5 V/5 kWh in Integrated measurement mode.
■ Integrated measurement D/A output rate query
Syntax INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE?
Function Returns the Integrated mode D/A output rate setting.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":INTEGRATE:AOUT:RATE data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":INTE:AOUT:RATE?"":INTEGRATE:AOUT:RATE 1"
":INTE:AOUT:RATE?""1"
INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE
INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE?
199────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Integrated measurement mode FD automatic output setting
Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:FD data
data ON, OFF (character data)
Function Sets Integrated measurement mode FD automatic output to ON or OFF.
Note If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in thedrive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,this command itself ends normally, but the first attempt to executeautomatic output will generate an error, and automatic output will not beexecuted.
Error ・ If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an executionerror is generated.・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":INTE:DATA:FD ON"
Sets integrated mode FD automatic output to on.
■ Integrated measurement mode FD automatic output query
Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:FD?
Function Returns the current Integrated measurement mode FD automatic outputquery in(data)as either ON or OFF.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FD data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":INTE:DATA:FD?"":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FD ON"
":INTE:DATA:FD?""ON"
INTEgrate:DATAout:FD
INTEgrate:DATAout:FD?
200────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Integrated measurement FD output file name setting
Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname data
data Character string consisting of up to 8 normal-sized characters
Function Sets the file name that is used for Demand measurement mode FD output.
Note ・ The following characters can be used in file names:Upper-case letters from A to ZNumbers form 0 to 9-, ^, $ , ~ , ! , # , % , & , - , { , } , ( , ) , @ , ’ , ‘Shift JIS codes・ A file extension cannot be specified.・ If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in the
drive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,this command itself ends normally, but the first attempt to executeautomatic output will generate an error, and automatic output will not beexecuted.
Error ・ An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character thatcannot be used in (data).・ An execution error results if an attempt was made to specify a character
string that consisted of 9 or more characters.・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":INTE:DATA:FILE TEST"Sets "TEST" as the file name for Integrated measurement mode FD output.
■ Integrated measurement FD output file name query
Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname data
Function Returns the name of the file used for Integrated measurement mode FDoutput in (data) in the form of a character string.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FILENAME data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":INTE:DATA:FILE?"":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FILENAME TEST"
":INTE:DATA:FILE?""TEST"
INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname
INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname?
201────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Integrated measurement print/save item setting
Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM data1,data2,data3
data data1, data2, data3 0 to 255 (numerical data in NR 1)
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
data1 Instantan-
eou
power
Instantan-
eou
current
Instantan-
eou
voltage
data2 Minimum
power
Minimum
currentMinimumvoltage
Maximum
power
Maximum
current
Maximum
voltage
data3 Power
integration
Average
value
Function ・ Sets the save/print items for Integrated measurement mode. Send datawith the bits corresponding to the items to be output set to "1".・ No error results if a bit with no corresponding item is set.
Error ・ If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":INTE:DATA:ITEM 7,63,3"Sets the Integrated measurement mode save/print items to "all data".
■ Integrated measurement print/save item query
Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM?
Function Returns the items set for print/save in Integrated measurement mode in(data1), (data2), or (data3) in the form of NR1 numeric data ranging from0 to 255.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:ITEM data1,data2,data3""data1,data2,data3"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":INTE:DATA:ITEM?"":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:ITEM 7,0,0"
":INTE:DATA:ITEM?""7,0,0"
INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM
INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM?
202────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Output interval setting
Syntax INTEgrate:INTerval data1,data2
data data1 Hours 0 to 1000 (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 Minutes 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the output interval timer (the automatic output interval duringintegration).
Error ・An execution error results if an attempt is made to set a time outside of theranges indicated above.・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":INTE:INT 1,0"
Sets the output interval timer to 1 hour.
■ Output interval timer query
Syntax INTEgrate:INTerval?
Function Returns the output interval timer in (data1), (data2) in the form of NR1numeric data .
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":INTEGRATE:INTERVAL data1,data2""data1,data2"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":INTE:INT?"":INTEGRATE:INTERVAL 1,0"
":INTE:INT?""1,0"
INTEgrate:INTerval
INTEgrate:INTerval?
203────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Integrated measurement start in integrated measurement mode
Syntax INTEgrate:STARt
data No present
Function Starts integration.
Note If the integration start method is set to "TIME", the power meter enters theintegrated measurement wait state. If the integrated measurement starttime has already passed when the power meter enters this state,integration is not executed.
Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":INTE:STAR"
Starts integration (or puts the power meter in the integrated measurementwait state).
INTEgrate:STARt
204────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Integrated measurement start method setting
Syntax INTEgrate:STARt:METHod data
data MANUAL, TIME (character data)
Function Sets the integrated measurement start method.
Error ・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.
・An command error results if an attempt was made to use a character thatcannot be used in (data).
Example Transmission ":INTE:STAR:METH TIME"
Sets the integrated measurement start method to TIME.
■ Integrated measurement start method query
Syntax INTEgrate:STARt:METHod?
Function Returns the Integrated measurement start time settings in (data) in theform of character data.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":INTEGRATE:START:METHOD data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":INTE:STAR:METH?"":INTEGRATE:START:METHODTIME"
":INTE:STAR:METH?""TIME"
INTEgrate:STARt:METHod
INTEgrate:STARt:METHod?
205────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Integrated measurement start method setting
Syntax INTEgrate:STARt:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5
data data1 Year 1980 to 2079 (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 Month 1 to 12 (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 Day 1 to 31 (numerical data in NR1 format)data4 Hours 0 to 23 (numerical data in NR1 format)data5 Minutes 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the Integrated measurement start time.
Note If a time that has already passed is set, integrated measurement does notbegin.
Error ・An execution error occurs if a nonexistent date is set.・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":INTE:STAR:TIME 1997,1,8,20,45"
Sets the Integrated measurement start time to 20:45 on January 8, 1997.
■ Integrated measurement start time query
Syntax INTEgrate:STARt:TIME?
Function The integrated measurement start time is returned in (data1) through(data6). (All as NR1 numeric data.)
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":INTE:STAR:TIME?""data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":DEM:STAR:TIME?"":INTEGRATE:START:TIME1997,1,8,20,45"
":INTE:STAR:TIME?""1997,1,8,20,45"
INTEgrate:STARt:TIME
INTEgrate:STARt:TIME?
206────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Integrated measurement status query
Syntax INTEgrate:STATe?
data 0, 1, 2, 3 (NR1 numeric data)0: Reset1: In standby2: Demanding3: Stopped
Function Returns the demand measurement status by means of NR1 numeric data(data).
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":INTEGRATE:STATE data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":INTE:STAT?"":INTEGRATE:STATE 1"
":INTE:STAT?""1"
■ Integrated measurement stop in integrated measurement mode
Syntax INTEgrate:STOP
data No present
Function Stops integration.
Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":INTE:STOP"
Stops integration.
INTEgrate:STATe?
INTEgrate:STOP
207────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Integrated measurement stop method setting
Syntax INTEgrate:STOP:METHod data
data MANUAL, TIME, TIMER (character data)
Function Sets the integrated measurement stop method.
Error ・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.
・An command error results if an attempt was made to use a character thatcannot be used in (data).
Example Transmission ":INTE:STOP:METH MANUAL"
Sets the integrated measurement start method to MANUAL.
■ Integrated measurement start method query
Syntax INTEgrate:STOP:METHod?
Function Returns the integrated measurement start time settings in (data) in theform of character data.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":INTEGRATE:STOP:METHOD data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":INTE:STOP:METH?"":INTEGRATE:STOP:METHOD MANUAL"
":INTE:STOP:METH?""MANUAL"
INTEgrate:STOP:METHod
INTEgrate:STOP:METHod?
208────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Integration stop time setting
Syntax INTEgrate:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5
data data1 Year 1980 to 2079 (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 Month 1 to 12 (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 Day 1 to 31 (numerical data in NR1 format)data4 Hours 0 to 23 (numerical data in NR1 format)data5 Minutes 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the Integration stop time.
Error ・An execution error occurs if a nonexistent date is set.・An execution error results if a time that has already passed is set.・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":INTE:STOP:TIME 1997,1,9,20,45"
Sets the Integrated measurement stop time to 20:45 on January 9, 1997.
■ Integration stop time query
Syntax INTEgrate:STOP:TIME?
Function The integrated measurement stop time is returned in (data1) through(data5). (All as NR1 numeric data.)
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":INTEGRATE:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5""data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":INTE:STOP:TIME?"":INTEGRATE:STOP:TIME1997,1,9,20,45"
":INTE:STOP:TIME?""1997,1,9,20,45"
INTEgrate:STOP:TIME
INTEgrate:STOP:TIME?
209────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Integrated timer setting
Syntax INTEgrate:TIMEr data1,data2,data3
data data1 Hours 10 to 1000 (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 Minutes 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 Seconds 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the integrated timer (integration time).
Note The minimum value for the integration timer is 10 seconds; the maximumvalue is 1000 hours.
Error ・An execution error results if an attempt is made to set a time outside of theranges indicated above.・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":INTE:TIME 10,0,0"
Sets the integration timer (integration time) to 10 hours.
■ Integrated timer query
Syntax INTEgrate:TIMEr?
Function Returns the integrated timer (integration time) setting.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":INTEGRATE:TIMER data1,data2,data3""data1,data2,data3"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":INTE:TIME?"":INTEGRATE:TIMER 10,0,0"
":INTE:TIME?""10,0,0"
INTEgrate:TIMEr
INTEgrate:TIMEr?
210────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Key lock execution
Syntax KLOCk data
data ON, OFF (character data)
Function Locks the keys.
Error ・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:When this command is executed in a mode other than measurementmode.In the event of a system error.
・An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character thatcannot be used in (data).
Example Transmission ":KLOC ON"
Locks the keys.
■ Key lock execution query
Syntax KLOCk?
Function Returns the key lock execution status in (data) as either ON or OFF.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":KLOCK data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":KLOC?"":KLOCK ON"
":KLOC?""ON"
KLOCk
KLOCk?
211────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Demand measurement instantaneous data query
Syntax MEASure:DEMand:INSTant? data1,data2
data data1 0 to 255: Voltage, current instantaneous value specification (numerical data in NR 1)data2 0 to 255: Power instantaneous value specification (numerical data in NR 1)
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
data1 Iave I3 I2 I1 Uave U3 U2 U1
data2 F PF S Q P
Function Returns the data for the measurement item specified by (data1) and(data2).
Responsesyntax
Headers
Data formats
U1,U2,U3,Uave,I1,I2,I3,Iave (data1)P,Q,S,PF,F (data2)+123.45E+67
Note The message unit separator can be switched from a semicolon (";") to acomma (",") with the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command.
Error ・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:If the measurement mode is not Demand Measurement modeIn the event of a system error.
・If a value outside of the setting range is set for either <data1> or <data2>, acommand error results.
Example Transmission ":MEAS:DEM:INST? 255,0"Inquires about "U1", "U2", "U3", "Uave", "I1" ,"I2", "I3", and "Iave" from themeasurement data.
MEASure:DEMand:INSTant?
212────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Demand measurement demand data query
Syntax MEASure:DEMand:DEMand? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7, data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13
data data1 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 0 to 255 Power maximum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data4 0 to 255 Power maximum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data5 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data6 0 to 255 Power minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data7 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data8 0 to 255 Power minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data9 0 to 255 Integrated active power, integrated reactive power specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data10 0 to 255 Integrated apparent power specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data11 0 to 255 Average value within a time period specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data12 0 to 255 Maximum average value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data13 0 to 255 Maximum average value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)
MEASure:DEMand:DEMand?
213────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
data1 I3max I2max I1max U3max U2max U1max
data2 Fmax DF-max PFmax Smax Q-max Qmax Pmax
data3 qtime DTI3max
DTI2max DTI1max
DTU3max
DTU2max
DTU1max
data4 start DTFmax
DTPF-max
DTPFmax
DTSmax DTQ-max DTQmax DTPmax
data5 I3min I2min I1min U3min U2min U1min
data6 Fmin PF-min PFmin Smin Q-min Qmin Pmin
data7 DTI3min
DTI2min DTI1min
DTU3min DTU2min DTU1min
data8 DTFmin
DTPF-min DTPFmin
DTSmin DTQ-min DTQmin DTPmin
data9 WQ- WQ+ WQ WP- WP+ WP
data10 WS- WS+ WS
data11 TLF LF PFave Save Qave Pave
data12 TLFmax PFavemax Savemax Qavemax Pavemax
data13 DTTLFmax DTPFavemax
DTSavemax
DTQavemax
DTPavemax
Function Returns data on the measurement items specified by (data1) to (data13).
214────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Responsesyntax
Headers
U1max,U2max,U3max,I1max,I2max,I3max data1
Pmax,Qmax,Q-max,Smax,PFmax,PF-max,Fmax data2
U1max DATE,U1max TIME,U2maxDATE,U2max TIMEU3max DATE,U3max TIME,I1max DATE,I1max TIME,I2max DATE,I2max TIME,I3max DATE,I3max TIME,OUTPUT DATE,OUTPUT TIME
data3
Pmax DATE,Pmax TIME,Qmax DATE,Qmax TIME,Q-max DATE,Q-max TIME,Smax TIME,Smax DATE,PFmax DATE,PFmax TIME,PF-max DATE,PF-max TIME,Fmax DATE,Fmax TIME,START DATE,START TIME
data4
U1min,U2min,U3min,I1min,I2min,I3min data5
Pmin,Qmin,Q-min,Smin,PFmin,PF-min,Fmin data6
U1min DATE,U1min TIME,U2min DATE,U2min TIME,U3min DATE,U3min TIME,I1min DATE,I1min TIME,I2min DATE,I2min TIME,I3min DATE,I3min TIME
data7
Pmin DATE,Pmin TIME,Qmin DATE,Qmin TIME,Q-min DATE,Q-min TIME,Smin DATE,Smin TIME,PFmin DATE,PFmin TIME,PF-min DATE,PF-min TIME,Fmin DATE,Fmin TIME
data8
WP,WP+,WP-,WQ,WQ+,WQ- data9
WS,WS+,WS- data10
Pave,Qave,Save,PFave,LF,TLF data11
Pavemax,Qavemax,Savemax,PFavemax,LFmax,TLFmax data12
Pavemax DATE,Pavemax TIME,Qavemax DATE,Qavemax TIME,Savemax DATE,Savemax TIME,PFavemax DATE,PFavemax TIME,TLFmax DATE,TLFmax TIME
data13
Data formatsDateHoursMax and min data,PF,F,PFave,Pave,Qave andSaveInstantaneous valuedata except PF,FIntegrated value
yy/mm/ddhh:mm:ss+123.4E+0(9 characters in all)
+123.45E+0(10 characters in all)
+123.456E+0(11 characters in all)
215────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Note ・"qtime" for (data3) specifies the time at which this query was received.・"start" for (data4) specifies the starting time of the measurement for the
minimum/maximum values.・When "MEAS:DEMand:DEMand?" has been specified, nothing is output even
if "TLF" or "LF" is specified for (data11) and (data12) and (data13) are alsospecified.・The message unit separator can be switched from a semicolon (";") to a
comma (",") with the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command.・If the reactive power meter method is not used, even if "WQ-" or "WQ+" is
specified for (data9), nothing is output.・If the reactive power meter method is used, even if "WS-" or "WS+" is
specified for (data10), nothing is output.
Error ・An execution error occurs if a nonexistent date is set.・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If the measurement mode is not Demand measurement mode.In the event of a system error.When no items at all are specified.
Example Transmission ":MEAS:DEM:DEM? 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,7,0,0"
Inquires about "Wh", "Wh+" and "Wh-" from the demand.
216────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Demand measurement daily report data query
Syntax MEASure:DEMand:DAYly? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13
data Same as in (demand measurement demand data query)MEASure:DEMand:DEMand?
Example Transmission ":MEAS:DEM:DAY? 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,7,0,0,0,0"
Inquires about "Wh", "Wh+" and "Wh-" from the daily report.
■ Demand measurement weekly report data query
Syntax MEASure:DEMand:WEEKly? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13
data Same as in (demand measurement demand data query)MEASure:DEMand:DEMand?
■ Demand measurement monthly report data query
Syntax MEASure:DEMand:MONthly? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13
data Same as in (demand measurement demand data query)MEASure:DEMand:DEMand?
■ Demand measurement integrated data query
Syntax MEASure:DEMand:INTEgrate? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13
data Same as in (demand measurement demand data query)MEASure:DEMand:DEMand?
MEASure:DEMand:DAYly?
MEASure:DEMand:WEEKly?
MEASure:DEMand:MONthly?
MEASure:DEMand:INTEgrate?
217────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Integrated measurement data query
Syntax MEASure:INTEgrate? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7, data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13
data data1 0 to 255 Voltage, current instantaneous value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 0 to 255 Power instantaneous value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data4 0 to 255 Power maximum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data5 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data6 0 to 255 Power maximum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data7 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data8 0 to 255 Power minimum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data9 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data10 0 to 255 Power minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data11 0 to 255 Integrated active power, integrated reactive power, specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data12 0 to 255 Integrated apparent power specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data13 0 to 255 Average value within a time period specification (numerical data in NR1 format)
MEASure:INTEgrate?
218────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
data1 Iave I3 I2 I1 Uave U3 U2 U1
data2 F PF S Q P
data3 I3max I2max I1 U3max U2max
U1max
data4 Fmax PF-max PFmax
Smax Q-max Qmax Pmax
data5 qtime DTI3max
DTI2max
DTI1max
DTU3max
DTU2max
DTU1max
data6 start DTFmax
DTPF-max
DTPFmax
DTSmax DTQ-max DTQmax DTPmax
data7 I3min I2min I1min U3min U2min U1min
data8 Fmin PF-min PFmin
Smin Q-min Qmin Pmin
data9 DTI3min
DTI2min DTI1min
DU3min DTU2min DTU1min
data10 DTFmin
DTPF-min DTPFmin
DTSmin DTQ-min DTQmin DTPmin
data11 etime WQ- WQ+ WQ WP- WP+ WP
data12 WS- WS+ WS
data13 PFave Save Qave Pave
Function Returns data on the measurement items specified by (data1) to (data13).
Responsesyntax
Headers
U1,U2,U3,Uave,I1,I2,I3,Iave data1
P,Q,S,PF,F data2
U1max,U2max,U3max,I1max,I2max,I3max data3
Pmax,Qmax,Q-max,Smax,PFmax,PF-max,Fmax data4
U1max DATE,U1max TIME,U2max DATE,U2max TIME,U3max DATE,U3max TIME,I1max DATE,I1max TIME,I2max DATE,I2max TIME,I3max DATE,I3max TIME,OUTPUT DATE,OUTPUT TIME
data5
219────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Pmax DATE,Pmax TIME,Qmax DATE,Qmax TIME,Q-max DATE,Q-max TIME,Smax TIME,Smax DATE,PFmax DATE,PFmax TIME,PF-max DATE,PF-max TIME,Fmax DATE,Fmax TIME,START DATE,START TIME
data6
U1min,U2min,U3min,I1min,I2min,I3min data7
Pmin,Qmin,Q-min,Smin,PFmin,PF-min,Fmin data8
U1min DATE,UImin TIME,U2min DATE,U2min TIME,U3min DATE,U3min TIME
data9
Pmin DATE,Pmin TIME,Qmin DATE,Qmin TIME,Q-min DATE,Q-min TIME,Smin DATE,Smin TIME,PFmin DATE,PFmin TIME,PF-min DATE,PF-minTIME,FminDATE,FminTIME
data10
WP,WP+,WP-,WQ,WQ+,WQ-,ELAPSED TIME data11
WS,WS+,WS- data12
Pave,Qave,Save,PFave data13
Data formatsDateHoursMax, and min data,PF,F,PFaveInstantaneous valuedata except PF,F andPave,Qave and SaveIntegrated dataIntegrated elapsedmeasurement time
yy/mm/ddhh:mm:ss+123.4E+0(9 characters in all)
+123.45E+0(10 characters in all)
+123.456E+0(11 characters in all)hhhh:mm:ss
Note ・"qtime" for (data5) specifies the time at which this query was received.・"start" for (data6) specifies the starting time of the measurement for the
minimum/maximum values.・"etime" for (data11) specifies the time at which integrated elapsed
measurement time.・If the reactive power meter method is used, even if "WS-" or "WS+" is
specified for (data10), nothing is output.・If the reactive power meter method is not used, even if "WQ-" or "WQ+" is
specified for (data9), nothing is output.・The message unit separator can be switched from a semicolon (";") to a
comma (",") with the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command.
Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If the measurement mode is not Integrated measurement mode.In the event of a system error.When no items at all are specified.
Example Transmission ":MEAS:INTE? 255,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0"
Inquires about "U1", "U2", "U3", "Uave", "I1", "I2", "I3" and "Iave" from themeasurement data.
220────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Normal measurement data query
Syntax MEASure:NORMal? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7, data8,data9,data10
data data1 0 to 255 Voltage, current instantaneous value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 0 to 255 Power instantaneous value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data4 0 to 255 Power maximum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data5 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data6 0 to 255 Power maximum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data7 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data8 0 to 255 Power minimum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data9 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data10 0 to 255 Power minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
data1 Iave I3 I2 I1 Uave U3 U2 U1
data2 F PF S Q P
data3 I3max I2max I1max U3max U2max U1max
data4 Fmax PF-max PFmax
Smax Q-max Qmax Pmax
data5 qtime DTI3max
DTI2max DTI1max
DTU3max
DTU2max
DTU1max
data6 start DTFmax
DTPF-max
DTPFmax
DTSmax DTQ-max DTQmax DTPmax
data7 I3min I2min I1min U3min U2min U1min
data8 Fmin PF-min PFmin
Smin Q-min Qmin Pmin
data9 DTI3min
DTI2min DTI1min
DU3min DTU2min DTU1min
data10 DTFmin
DTPF-min DTPFmin
DTSmin DTQ-min DTQmin DTPmin
MEASure:NORMal?
221────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Function Returns data on the measurement items specified by (data1) to (data10).
Responsesyntax
Headers
U1,U2,U3,Uave,I1,I2,I3,Iave data1
P,Q,S,PF,F data2
U1max,U2max,U3max,I1max,I2max,I3max data3
Pmax,Qmax,Q-max,Smax,PFmax,PF-max,Fmax data4
U1max DATE,U1max TIME,U2max DATE,U2max TIME,U3max DATE,U3max TIME,I1max DATE,I1max TIME,I2max DATE,I2max TIME,I3max DATE,I3max TIME,OUTPUT DATE,OUTPUT TIME
data5
Pmax DATE,Pmax TIME,Qmax DATE,Qmax TIME,Q-max DATE,Q-max TIME,Smax TIME,Smax DATE,PFmax DATE,PFmax TIME,PF-max DATE,PF-max TIME,Fmax DATE,Fmax TIME,START DATE,START TIME
data6
U1min,U2min,U3min,I1min,I2min,I3min data7
Pmin,Qmin,Q-min,Smin,PFmin,PF-min,Fmin data8
U1min DATE,UImin TIME,U2min DATE,U2min TIME,U3min DATE,U3min TIME
data9
Pmin DATE,Pmin TIME,Qmin DATE,Qmin TIME,Q-min DATE,Q-min TIME,Smin DATE,Smin TIME,PFmin DATE,PFmin TIME,PF-min DATE,PF-minTIME,FminDATE,FminTIME
data10
Data formatsDateHoursMax and min data, PF,FInstantaneous valuedata except PF,F
yy/mm/ddhh:mm:ss+123.4E+0(9 characters in all)
+123.45E+0(10 characters in all)
Note ・"qtime" for (data5) specifies the time at which this query was received.・"start" for (data6) specifies the starting time of the measurement for the
minimum/maximum values.・The message unit separator can be switched from a semicolon (";") to a
comma (",") with the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command.
Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If the measurement mode is not Normal measurement mode.In the event of a system error.When no items at all are specified.
Example Transmission ":MEAS:NORM? 255,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0"
Inquires about "U1", "U2", "U3", "Uave", "I1", "I2", "I3" and "Iave" from themeasurement data.
222────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Normal measurement D/A output item setting
Syntax NORMal:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4
data U1, U2, U3, UAVE (character data)I1, I2, I3, IAVE (character data)P, Q, S (character data)PF,F (character data)
Function Sets the D/A output (channels 1 to 4) items in normal measurement mode.
Error ・An execution error results if any data other than that indicated above is setfor (data1), (data2), (data3), or (data4).・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:
If an item that was specified (U2, U3, UAVE, I2, I3, IAVE) is notavailable for the line being measured.In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":NORM:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"
Sets the D/A output item CH1 to "U1", CH2 to "P", CH3 to "Q", and CH4 to"S" in Integrated measurement mode.
■ Normal measurement D/A output item query
Syntax NORMal:AOUT?
Function Returns the normal measurement mode D/A output item settings in(data1) through (data4) in the form of character data.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":NORMAL:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4""data1,data2,data3,data4"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":NORM:AOUT?"":NORMAL:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"
":NORM:AOUT?""U1,P,Q,S"
NORMal:AOUT
NORMal:AOUT?
223────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Normal measurement FD output file name setting
Syntax NORMal:DATAout:FILEname data
data Character string consisting of up to 8 normal-sized characters
Function Sets the file name that is used for normal measurement mode FD output.
Note ・ The following characters can be used in file names:Upper-case letters from A to ZNumbers form 0 to 9-, ^, $ , ~ , ! , # , % , & , - , { , } , ( , ) , @ , ’ , ‘Shift JIS codes・ A file extension cannot be specified.・ If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in the
drive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,this command itself ends normally.
Error ・ An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character thatcannot be used in (data).・An execution error results if an attempt was made to specify a character
string that consisted of 9 or more characters.・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:
In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":NORM:DATA:FILE TEST"Sets "TEST" as the file name for normal measurement mode FD output.
■ Normal measurement FD output file name query
Syntax NORMal:DATAout:FILEname?
Function Returns the name of the file used for normal measurement mode FDoutput in (data) in the form of a character string.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":NORMAL:DATAOUT:FILENAME data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":NORM:DATA:FILE?"":NORMAL:DATAOUT:FILENAME TEST"
":NORM:DATA:FILE?""TEST"
NORMal:DATAout:FILEname
NORMal:DATAout:FILEname?
224────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Normal measurement print/save item setting
Syntax NORMal:DATAout:ITEM data1,data2
data data1, data2 0 to 255 (numerical data in NR 1)
128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1
bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
data1 Instantan-
eou
power
Instantan-
eou
current
Instantan-
eou
voltage
data2 Minimum
power
Minimum
currentMinimumvoltage
Maximum
power
Maximum
current
Maximum
voltage
Function ・ Sets the print/save items for normal measurement mode. Send data withthe bits corresponding to the items to be output set.・ No error results if a bit with no corresponding item is set.
Error ・ If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:
In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":NORM:DATA:ITEM 7,63"Sets the normal measurement mode print/save items to "all data".
■ Normal measurement print/save item query
Syntax NORMal:DATAout:ITEM?
Function Returns the print/save items for normal measurement mode as a numericalvalue (data1, data2) in NR1 format. This value is one of the set: 0 through255.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":NORMAL:DATAOUT:ITEM data1,data2""data1,data2"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":NORM:DATA:ITEM?"":NORMAL:DATAOUT:ITEM 7,0"
":NORM:DATA:ITEM?""7,0"
NORMal:DATAout:ITEM
NORMal:DATAout:ITEM?
225────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Reactive power operation method setting
Syntax OPERationvar data
data ON, OFF (character data)ON: Calculates the reactive power by means of the reactive power meter
method.OFF: Calculates the reactive power on the basis of the effective value.
Function Sets whether or not the reactive power meter method is to be used.
Note If this command is executed, the current maximum/minimum value data isreset. Does not utilize the reactive power meter method.
Error ・ If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", a command erroris generated.・ If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement and demand measurement.
Example Transmission ":OPER OFF"
Specifies that the reactive meter method is not being used.
■ Reactive power operation method query
Syntax OPERationvar?
Function Returns the reactive power operation method setting query in (data) aseither ON or OFF.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":OPERATIONVAR data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":OPER?"":OPERATIONVAR OFF"
":OPER?""OFF"
OPERationvar
OPERationvar?
226────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ System reset execution
Syntax RESEt
data No present
Function Executes a system reset, restoring all settings to their factory settings.
Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:In the event of a system error.
Example Transmission ":RESE"
Executes a system reset.
RESEt
227────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Sampling method setting
Syntax SAMPling data
data PLL, CLOCK (character data)
Function Sets the sampling method.
Note If this setting is incorrect, correct measurements will not be obtained.
Error ・If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.・If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement, a device-dependent error results.
Example Transmission ":SAMP CLOCK"
Sets the sampling method to the fixed clock .
■ Sampling method setting check query
Syntax SAMPling?
Function Returns the sampling method setting in (data) as either PLL or CLOCK.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":SAMPLING data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":SAMP?"":SAMPLING CLOCK"
":SAMP?""CLOCK"
SAMPling
SAMPling?
228────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ CT ratio setting
Syntax SCALe:CT data
data 0.01 to 10000.00 (numerical data in NR2 format)
Function The current value of CT ratio is set.
Note ・If this setting is incorrect, correct measurements will not be obtained.・If data is not in NRf format.
Error ・If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.・If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement, a device-dependent error results.
Example Transmission ":SCAL:CT 1"The CT ratio is set to 1.
■ CT ratio setting query
Syntax SCALe:CT?
Function The current value of CT ratio is returned as a numerical value (data) inNR2 numerical format.
Note With this query, if any error occurs, no response message is produced.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFFdata
":SCALE:CT data""data"+1.00000E-02 to +1.00000E+04(numerical data in NR3 format)
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":SCAL:CT?"":SCALE:CT +1.00000E+00"
":SCAL:CT?""+1.00000E+00"
SCALe:CT
SCALe:CT?
229────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ PT ratio setting
Syntax SCALe:PT data
data 1 to 10000 (numerical value in NR1 format)
Function ・ The current value of PT ratio is set.
Note ・ If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.・ Setting the averaging count.
Error ・ If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.・ If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement, a device-dependent error results.
Example Transmission ":SCAL:PT 1"The PT ratio is set to 1.
■ PT ratio setting query
Syntax SCALe:PT?
Function The current value of PT ratio is returned as a numerical value (data) inNR1 numerical format.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":SCALE:PT data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":SCAL:PT?"":SCALE:PT 1"
":SCAL:PT?""1"
SCALe:PT
SCALe:PT?
230────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ PLL synchronization source, frequency measurement source setting
Syntax SOURce data
data U1, I1 (character data)
Function Sets the source for PLL synchronization and for frequency measurement.
Note If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.
Error ・ If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.・ If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or
executing integrated measurement or demand measurement, a device-dependent error results.
Example Transmission ":SOUR U1"Sets the voltage (U1) as the source for PLL synchronization and forfrequency measurement.
■ PLL synchronization source, frequency measurement source query
Syntax SOURce?
Function Returns the PLL synchronization and frequency measurement sourcesetting in (data) as either U1 or I1.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":SOURCE data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":SOUR?"":SOURCE U1"
":SOUR?""U1"
SOURce
SOURce?
231────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Separator setting
Syntax TRANsmit:SEParator data
data 1, 2 (numerical data in NR1 format)1: Sets the semicolon ";" as the separator.2: Sets the comma "," as the separator.
Function Sets the separator for RS-232C command responses.
Error If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.
Example Transmission ":TRAN:SEP 1"Sets the semicolon as the separator.
■ Separator setting query
Syntax TRANsmit:SEParator?
Function Returns the setting for the separator for RS-232C command responses asNR1 numeric data (<data>).
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":TRANSMIT:SEPARATOR data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":TRAN:SEP?"":TRANSMIT:SEPARATOR 1"
":TRAN:SEP?""1"
TRANsmit:SEParator
TRANsmit:SEParator?
232────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Delimiter setting
Syntax TRANsmit:TERMinator data
data 1, 2, 3 (numerical data in NR1 format)1: Sets "CR" as the delimiter.2: Sets "LF" as the delimiter.3: Sets "CR" and "LF" as the delimiters .
Function Sets the delimiter for RS-232C command responses. (Setting when sendingthe delimiter from the personal computer interface setting item.)
Error An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above isset for (data).
Example Transmission ":TRAN:TERM 1"
Sets "CR" as the delimiter.
■ Delimiter setting query
Syntax TRANsmit:TERMinator?
Function Returns the delimiter setting query in (data) as either 1, 2 or 3.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":TRANSMIT:TERMINATOR data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":TRAN:TERM?"":TRANSMIT:TERMINATOR 1"
":TRAN:TERM?""1"
TRANsmit:TERMinator
TRANsmit:TERMinator?
233────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Voltage range setting value query
Syntax VOLTage?
Function Returns the presently set voltage range as a numerical value (data1) inNR1 format, and also returns whether voltage auto-ranging is presentlytaking place or not as "ON" or "OFF" (as data2).
Note By using the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command, the message unit separatorcan be changed from the semicolon ";" to the comma ",".
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":VOLTAGE:RANGE data1;AUTO data2""data1;data2"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":VOLT?"":VOLTAGE:RANGE 150;AUTO OFF"
":VOLT?""150;OFF"
VOLTage?
234────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Turns voltage auto rang setting
Syntax VOLTage:AUTO data
data ON, OFF (character data)
Function Turns voltage auto ranging ON or OFF.
Error ・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If this command is executed in the hold state.If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orexecuting integrated measurement and demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
・ If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an executionerror is generated.
Example Transmission ":VOLT:AUTO ON"Voltage auto range setting is turned on.
■ Voltage auto rang setting query
Syntax VOLTage:AUTO?
Function Returns as "ON" or "OFF" (data) whether or not voltage auto ranging ispresently enabled.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":VOLTAGE:AUTO data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":VOLT:AUTO?"":VOLTAGE:AUTO ON"
":VOLT:AUTO?""ON"
VOLTage:AUTO
VOLTage:AUTO?
235────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Voltage range setting
Syntax VOLTage:RANGe data
data 150, 300, 600 (numerical data in NR1 format)
Function Sets the voltage range. The units are volts (V).
Error ・ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If this command is executed in the HOLD state .If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orexecuting integrated measurement and demand measurement.In the event of a system error.
・ data is other than NRf format data, an execution error is generated.
Example Transmission ":VOLT:RANG 150"The range is set to 150 V.
■ Voltage rang setting query
Syntax VOLTage:RANGe?
Function Returns the presently set voltage range as a numerical value in NR1format.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":VOLTAGE:RANGE data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":VOLT:RANG?"":VOLTAGE:RANGE 150"
":VOLT:RANG?""150"
VOLTage:RANGe
VOLTage:RANGe?
236────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Wiring method setting
Syntax WIRing data
data 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (numerical data in NR1 format)1: Single-phase, two-wire2: Single-phase, three-wire3: Three-phase, three-wire, two-current4: Three-phase, three-wire, three-current5: Three-phase, four-wire
Function Sets the wiring method.
Note ・If this setting is incorrect, correct measurements will not be obtained.・If this command is executed, the current minimum/maximum value data is
reset.
Error ・ An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above isset for <data>.・ If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or during
integrated measurement, a device-dependent error results.
Example Transmission ":WIR 1"Sets the wiring method as single-phase, two-wire.
■ Wiring method setting query
Syntax WIRing?
Function Returns the wiring method setting as a numerical value in NR1 format.
Responsesyntax
If headers are ONIf headers are OFF
":WIRING data""data"
Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse
":WIR?"":WIRING 1"
":WIR?""1"
WIRing
WIRing?
237────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.5 Sample Program────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.5 Sample Program
The sample program illustrates how to use the RS-232C interface.Operation of the program on an IBM-PC/AT Computer has been confirmed.
Setting conditionVoltage: 150 V rangeCurrent: 100 A rangePT ratio: 1CT ratio: 1Reactive power meter method: Not usedMeasurement mode: Integrated measurementIntegration time: 1 hour (timer setting)Integration data: Active power, reactive power, apparent power, average value within a time period
238────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.5 Sample Program────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.5.1 RS-232C
100
110120130140150160170180190200210220230240250260270280290300310320330340350360370380390400410420430
440450460470480490500510520530
OPEN "COM1:9600,N,8,1,RS,RB4096" FOR RANDOMAS #1PRINT #1, ":RESET"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":DISP:INTE 3"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":DRES"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":VOLT:RANG 150"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":CURR:RANG 100"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":WIRING 1"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":SCALE:PT 1"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":SCALE:CT 1"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":OPER OFF"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":INTE:STAR:METH MANUAL"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":INTE:STOP:METH TIMER"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":INTE:TIME 1,0,0"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":HEAD OFF"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":INTE:START"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$GOSUB wait3sec:PRINT #1, ":INTE:STAT?"INPUT #1, stat$IF stat$ <> "1" THEN 390PRINT #1, ":MEAS:INTE?0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,255,255,255"LINE INPUT #1, MEAS$PRINT MEAS$CLOSEENDwait3sec:SEC = VAL(MID$(TIME$, 7, 2))SEC2 = VAL(MID$(TIME$, 7, 2))IF SEC2 < SEC THEN SEC2 = SEC2 + 60IF (SEC2 - SEC) < 3 THEN 500RETURN
NOTE
Program list Program comments100 Open the RS-232C line file
110 Executes a system reset.120 Waits for a response130 Displays the Integrated value display screen
(page 1/2 ).
150 Resets the integration data.
170 Sets the voltage to the 150V range.
190 Sets the current to the 100A range.
210 Sets the wiring to single-phase, two-wire.
230 Sets the PT ratio to "1".
250 Sets the CT ratio to "1".
270 Sets the reactive power method so that it is notused.
290 Sets "manual start" for integration.
310 Sets integration to the stop timer.
330 Sets them timer (integration time) to 1 hour.
350 Turns the response header off.
370 Starts integrated measurement.
390 Waits for approximately 3 seconds.400 Inquires about the integration status.
420 Jumps to 390 if stat$ is not "1" (Has the effectof waiting until integrated measurement iscomplete.)
430 Gets the integrated data.
450 Displays the integrated data on the personalcomputer screen.
460 Closes the RS-232C line file.
480 to 530 Three-second wait routine
・Follow commands with "LINE INPUT #1, tmp$" in the next line. (tmp$ isoptional.)・The display language is shifted to Japanese by executing a reset command.
239────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.6 Cautions Concerning the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Symptom Cause / Treatment
The RS-232C has stoppedworking completely.
Are the cables properly connected?
Are both the power meter and the personal computer on?
Are the cables properly connected?
Transmission on the RS-232Cis not taking place properly.
Is the personal computer message terminator (delimiter) setcorrectly?
Do the power meter’s settings for the device connected to theRS-232C interface (baud rate, data length, parity check, stop bits,flow control, terminator) match the settings in the controller?
After transmission on the RS-232C, the keys on the 3166freeze up and have no effect.
Cancel the power meter’s key lock function and exit the remotestate.
Are both the power meter and the controller on?
When attempting to read datausing a Basic INPUT statement,the RS-232C hangs.
Be sure to transmit one query before each Basic INPUTstatement.
Did the query that was sent generate an error?
Although a command has beentransmitted, nothing hashappened.
Did an error occur?
Not enough data was loaded. If the data includes any commas, try using the "LINE INPUT"statement.
Sending several queries,produces only one response.
Did an error occur?
Read in the response for each query that is sent, one at a time. Ifyou want to read in responses all at one time, use the messageunit separator to combine all of the queries into one line.
The query response messagedoes not agree with the 3166display.
Due to the response message being produced at the instant thatthe 3166 receives the query, there is a possibility that it may notagree with the display at the instant that the controller reads it in.
11.6 Cautions Concerning the RS-232C Interface
240────────────────────────────────────────────────────
11.6 Cautions Concerning the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────
241────────────────────────────────────────────────────
────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Chapter 12Connecting a Modem
The 3166 can be operated by remote control and automatic output through amodem by connecting the modem to the RS-232C interface.If connected to a telephone line, a modem makes it possible to retrievemeasured values or change settings from a distant location.This chapter explains how to connect a modem and a computer ("personalcomputer") to the power meter and how to operate the power meter by remotecontrol.
242────────────────────────────────────────────────────
12.1 Connection Method────────────────────────────────────────────────────
WARNING In order to avoid the possibility of an electric shock, unplug the powermeter’s power cord and disconnect the other wiring before connectingthe RS-232C cable to the interface connector.
Turn the power off when connecting the modem to the power meter.Connecting or disconnecting cables while the power is on coulddamage the equipment.Turn the power off when connecting the modemto the power meter. Connecting or disconnecting cables while the poweris on could damage the equipment.
CAUTION After connecting the RS-232C cable, always be sure to secure the connectionwith the screws on the connector.
Modem Modem Personalcomputer
Publictelephoneline
3166
Modem Connection Diagram
12.1 Connection Method
An RS-232C straight cable is used to connect a modem to the 3166.In addition, when connecting the modem to the personal computer, use astraight cable suited for the connector on the personal computer. The onlydifferences is that a modem, telephone line, and another modem are connectedbetween the personal computer and the power meter.
243────────────────────────────────────────────────────
12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1)────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
12.2.1 Automatic Measurement Data Output
12.2.2 Operating Procedure
Setting the 3166・Set the "RS-232C device" to "Personal computer".
Set the baud rate, the data length, parity checking, stop bits,flow control, and the delimiter.・Set the destination telephone number, destination information, the initialization command, and the ID code.
Setting the modem connected to the personal computerUse the terminal software to check the "automatic answer"setting for the modem and the modem connection
Set the print/save items and the RS-232C automatic outputitems in the 3166
Connect the 3166 to the line to be measured andbegin measurement
The measurement data is sent to the personalcomputer at the set interval
Connect the RS-232C cable
Turn on the 3166, the modem, and the personal computer
12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1)
Measurement data can be automatically output to the personal computer viathe modem during each integrated measurement interval period and eachdemand measurement period.
244────────────────────────────────────────────────────
12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1)────────────────────────────────────────────────────
12.2.3 Setting the 3166
RS-232C Device Setting
Modem Setting Window
NOTE
(1) In "Setting" mode, set the "RS-232C device" to "Modem". Then set the modeminterface settings as necessary. Using the initial values is recommended.For details on how to make these settings, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232CDevice."
(2) Setting the destination telephone number
The characters that can be used in the destination telephone setting arenormal-width numerals, "-" (hyphen), and "," (comma). Any other charactersthat are input are ignored.For example, in order to call the number of "0268-28-0575", the followingsetting would need to be made: 0268280575 (or 0268-28-0575)
(3) Setting the destination information
This item is used as a comment field. Input any information that might benecessary. This field may be left empty.
(4) Setting the initialization command
Input the modem initialization command in this item.The initial value set for this command is "ATTE0&C1&D2". (Tone dialing;dial tone detection; CD signal follows carrier signal of other modem;disconnect when ER signal goes from ON to OFF)This command may need to be altered for your particular modem; consult yourmodem’s operating manual.
・If the initialization command is not set correctly, the modem will not functioncorrectly.・When using pulse dialing, set the initialization command to either
"ATP2Q1X4&C1&D2" or "ATP1Q1&C1&D2".
245────────────────────────────────────────────────────
12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1)────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
NOTE
12.2.4 Setting a Modem Connected to a Personal Computer
・When it is necessary to use "\" (backslash) character, instead of the characterthat can be used "¥" normal-width.
・When it is necessary to dial zero first to call from an extension, try adding azero at the start of the destination number. Also set the modem initialization
command to "ATTQ1X0&C1&D2" (when using tone dialing).
(5) Setting the ID code
The character string set for this item is sent together with the data when datais sent from the modem. Any character string can be set.
It is necessary to set "Auto Answer" for a modem that is connected to apersonal computer. An example of the procedure for doing so is describedbelow.
(1) Connect the modem to the personal computer with a straight cable.
(2) Turn on the modem and start up the personal computer.
(3) Start up the terminal (communications) software.
(4) Input the following from the personal computer terminal:
ATZ[Enter]If "OK" is displayed, the modem is connected correctly.
(5) Input:
ATS0=1[Enter]"OK" is displayed.
The modem is now ready for automatic output of measurement data.In Integrated Measurement mode and Demand Measurement mode, set eitherthe interval period or the demand period, and then set "RS-232C automaticoutput." Once measurement begins, the 3166 automatically sends the datathrough the modem at the output time. The personal computer receives thisdata automatically and displays it.
246────────────────────────────────────────────────────
12.3 Functions That Use the Modem (2)────────────────────────────────────────────────────
12.3.1 Remote Control
12.3.2 Operating Procedure
Setting the 3166・Set the "RS-232C device" to "Personal computer".・Set the baud rate, the data length, parity checking, stop bits, flow control, and the delimiter.
Setting the modem connected to the 3166Use the terminal software to set the communications speed, etc
Setting the modem connected to the personal computerUse the terminal software to set the communications speed,the delimiter, and flow control
Send the remote control commands from the personal computer
After all commands and data have been sent, terminatethe line connection
Turn on the 3166, the modem, and the personal computer
12.3 Functions That Use the Modem (2)
It is possible to change the 3166’s settings and retrieve measurement datathrough a modem. The procedure is similar to that used for communicationswith a personal computer through the RS-232C interface.
Connect the RS-232C cable.
247────────────────────────────────────────────────────
12.3 Functions That Use the Modem (2)────────────────────────────────────────────────────
12.3.3 Setting the 3166
NOTE
RS-232C Device Setting
Personal Computer Setting Window
12.3.4 Setting the Modem Connected to the 3166
(1) In "Setting" mode, set the "RS-232C device" to "Personal Computer".
Note that the setting is NOT "Modem."
Then set the personal computer interface settings as necessary. Using theinitial values is recommended.For details on how to make these settings, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232CDevice."
(2) Be certain to set "CR+LF" as the delimiter on the receiving side.
The modem connected to the 3166 needs to be set for automatic answeringbeforehand. An example setting procedure is described below; these settingsare made through the personal computer.
(1) Connect the modem that is to be connected to the 3166 to the personalcomputer, using a straight cable.
(2) Turn on the modem and then start up the personal computer.
(3) Start up the terminal software.
(4) Set the communication speed between the modem and the terminal to 9600bps.
(5) Input the following through the personal computer terminal:
ATZ[Enter]ATQ0E0&C1&D2&W[Enter]
248────────────────────────────────────────────────────
12.3 Functions That Use the Modem (2)────────────────────────────────────────────────────
12.3.5 Setting the Modem Connected to the Personal Computer
12.3.6 Actual Control Method
NOTE
(6) Quit the terminal software, turn off the personal computer, and disconnect themodem cable.
(7) Connect the modem to the 3166, and reconnect the telephone line to themodem.
There are a variety of different methods of controlling the 3166 through apersonal computer. The following example describes the method forcontrolling the 3166 from terminal software.
(1) Connect the modem to the personal computer, using a straight cable.
(2) Turn on the modem and then start up the personal computer.
(3) Start up the terminal software.
(4) Set the communication speed between the modem and the terminal to 9600bps.
(5) Set "CR+LF" as the delimiter on the sending side.
(6) Set "CR+LF" as the delimiter on the receiving side.
(7) Set the flow control in accordance with the settings in the 3166.
The following example describes how to actually control the 3166 through themodem.
(1) Start up the terminal software with the settings described in section 12.3.5.
(2) To call, set the destination telephone number.
ATDT○○○○○○[Enter] (telephone number)
(3) When "CONNECT" is displayed, the line connection has been made.
(4) From the personal computer terminal, input the RS-232C commands that havebeen prepared for the 3166; the 3166 then sends its response.This is the point at which you execute 3166 setup commands, makemeasurement data queries, etc.
(5) Input the following to terminate the connection:
ATH0[Enter]
(6) The remote control procedure is now complete.
For details concerning the modem, refer to the operating manual providedwith the modem.
249────────────────────────────────────────────────────
────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Chapter 13Using the D/A Output
(Optional)
The 9594 D/A OUTPUT is a factory option for the 3166.If the 9594 D/A OUTPUT is installed, the power meter can be used to outputanalog (D/A) output for the voltage, current, power, etc.
250────────────────────────────────────────────────────
13.1 Output Connection Method────────────────────────────────────────────────────
WARNINGTo avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before pluggingorunplugging any of the interface connectors.
CAUTION ・In order to prevent damage to the unit and the clamp on sensor, never plugin or unplug the sensor connector when the power is turned on. (The D/Aoutput is not insulated from the voltage and current inputs.)
・Although there are four channels, they are not insulated from one another.・Use the special cables provided (the 9441 CONNECTION CABLE) for
connection to the D/A output.
Cable Connection
NOTE
13.1 Output Connection Method
As shown in the diagram, align the special connection cable with the connectorguide notch on the D/A output connector and then plug the cable in. (Theconnector has a locking mechanism.)When disconnecting the cable, grasp the plastic portion of the cable connectorand pull it out of the connector.
Plastic cable connectors are used. Attempting to forcibly push the connectorin without aligning it with the connector guide notch, or forcibly pulling it outwithout releasing the lock will damage the connector.
251────────────────────────────────────────────────────
13.2 Structure of the Output Connector────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Pin Arrangement of D/A Output Connector
Pin No. Signal name Wire color
1 D/A output channel 1 Red
2 D/A output channel 2 White
3 D/A output channel 3 Black
4 D/A output channel 4 Yellow
5 Ground Blue
6 Ground Green
7 Ground Brown
8 Ground Gray
Pins 5 through 8 are common grounds.
CAUTION To avoid damage to the unit, do not short the output terminal and do not inputvoltage to the output terminal.
13.2 Structure of the Output Connector
The output resistance of the output connector is about 100 Ω.Any oscilloscope or recorder that is connected to the power meter should havean input resistance of at least 100 kΩ.The pin arrangement of the connector is shown below.
252────────────────────────────────────────────────────
13.3 Output Response Characteristics────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
Operation length(2 cycles)
Time
D/AOutput
Input
D/A Output Response Characteristics (1)
13.3 Output Response Characteristics
This power meter uses two cycles (when measuring at 50/60 Hz; 16 cycleswhen measuring at 400 Hz) as one sample and takes measurements bycontinuously performing various calculations on the data (without losing thewaveform). This data is displayed intermittently, depending on the displayupdate rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, in NormalMeasurement mode the D/A output continuously outputs all measurementvalues as they are continuously measured.Therefore, even transient changes in the input waveform generated by a powerspike, for example, will be faithfully output. The output response is different,however, in Integrated Measurement or Demand Measurement mode.
(1) Normal Measurement mode
In this mode, the output is updated every two cycles when measuring at 50/60Hz (50 Hz: about 40 ms; 60 Hz: about 34 ms) and every 16 cycles whenmeasuring at 400 Hz (about 34 ms).
Although the output update rate is every two or sixteen cycles, there may be adelay of 3 to 4 cycles (or 24 to 32 cycles when measuring at 400 Hz) betweenthe input waveform and the actual output on the D/A output.
253────────────────────────────────────────────────────
13.3 Output Response Characteristics────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Operation length(2 cycles)
About 1 second
Input
D/AOutput
Time
D/A Output Response Characteristics (2)
NOTE
(2) Integrated mode and Demand Measurement mode
The output is updated according to the display update rate.
・When using D/A output, the optional 9594 D/A OUTPUT must already beinstalled in the 3166 unit. (If the 9594 has been installed, a sticker indicatingthat it has is applied to the rear cover of the power meter.)・Use Normal Measurement mode if fast output updating is required.・The output rate is DC±5 V/f.s. However, in the event of an over-range signal
(display: o.r.), approximately DC±6.6 V is output.When outputting an integrated value as a D/A output, a special output rate isset.Refer to section 6.5.11, "Integrated Output Rate," or section 7.5.10, "IntegratedOutput Rate," depending on the measurement mode.・When the "Wiring Check" screen is being displayed or a wiring check is in
progress, the data that is stored and output is the data prior to entering thatscreen.・If the ratio of PT to CT is set to a value other than 1, the f.s. of the range is a
multiple of the scaling
254────────────────────────────────────────────────────
13.4 Output Waveform────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
Regeneration Consumption
D/A Output for Apparent Power
Lead Lag
D/A Output for Reactive Power
Lead Lag
D/A Output for Power Factor
Regeneration Consumption
D/A Output for Phase Angle
13.4 Output Waveform
Because the output waveform format differs according to the D/A output item,refer to the examples shown below.
・If the reactive power meter method is used, only positive data is output forthe apparent power.・In the case of an plus over-range signal to the positive side, approximately 6.6
V is output, for minus over-range, approximately - 6.6 V is output.・When the display is being held, the data that is being held is output in
Integrated Measurement or Demand Measurement mode.・In the Normal Measurement mode, outputs are updated irrespective of the
hold status of the display.・If the power integration increases uniformly, once it reaches the full-scale
setting the output voltage returns 0 V once and then increases again. (Thelevel is recorded as a sawtooth wave.)
255────────────────────────────────────────────────────
13.4 Output Waveform────────────────────────────────────────────────────
D/A Output for Frequency
Elapsed time
Integrated power
DATARESET
START/STOP
DATAHOLD Cancel
START/STOP
The last integratedvalue
Holding* Manual start /stop
D/A Output During Data Hold
Integrated power
Integration start
Elapsed time
* When active power is 5 KW with a uniform increase
D/A Output for Integrated Power
256────────────────────────────────────────────────────
13.4 Output Waveform────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE In the integrated measurement mode or in the demand measurement mode,outputs are held when the window shown below is kept open. Note thatoutputs are updated each time the preset output interval or demand timeelapses.
1. Display selection window2. Page selection window3. Basic setting window (This window displayed when the WIRING or iUi or iiIii key
is pressed on a screen other than the Instantaneous Value Screen.4. Check window (This window displayed when the CHECK key.)5. Setting screen
257────────────────────────────────────────────────────
────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Chapter 14Using the FDD UNIT
(Optional)
258────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.1 General────────────────────────────────────────────────────
CAUTION ・ The 3166 functions that utilize a floppy disk are designed specifically for the9595 FDD UNIT. These functions will not work with any other floppy diskdrive unit.
・ The 9595 FDD UNIT should always be operated indoors in a range from 5℃to 40℃ and 80% RH or less. Do not use the unit in direct sunlight, dustyconditions, or in the presence of corrosive gases.
MS-DOS format※
NEC PC9801 IBM-PC/AT
2HD 1.2MB 1.44MB
NOTE
14.1 General
The 9595 FDD UNIT is available as an option for the 3166 CLAMP ONPOWER HiTESTER . The features of this floppy disk drive are describedbelow.
(1) Can use 3.5-inch 2HD floppy disks (supports two modes)
* "MS-DOS" is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
(2) Saving and loading setting conditions
Measurements can always be taken under the same conditions by saving thesetting conditions and then loading them for future measurements.
(3) Saving measurement data
The floppy disk drive can be used to save measurement data.The contents of the saved data file can be checked on the 3166 and thenoutput directly to the printer. In addition, because the data is saved in textformat on an MS-DOS format disk, the data can be analyzed, etc., on apersonal computer.
(4) Manual output and auto output
Data can be saved at any time by pressing the "Save" key. In addition, theAuto Output function can be used in Integrated Measurement mode and inDemand Measurement mode in order to automatically save measured values.
(5) The following operations can also be performed:"FD (floppy Disk)" mode
・Formatting floppy disks・Changing file names・Deleting files・Updating (version upgrades)
Note that the saved setting conditions and each file operations are loaded in"FD" mode.
259────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
1.FD output date and time
2.Instantaneous values
Instantaneous value dataat the time of output to thefloppy disk
Voltage(U1, U2, U3, Uave)
Current(I1, I2, I3, Iave)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
3. Maximum values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3)
Current(I1, I2, I3)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
4.Minimum values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3)
Current(I1, I2, I3)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
1.FD output date and time
2.Integration start time,
integration elapsed time
14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved
The settings for the data items that are to be saved are the same as for theitems that are output to the printer; these print/save items for eachmeasurement mode are used to determine what data is saved to floppy disk.For details on the specific setting method, refer to the respective sectionentitled "Print/Save Items" in the chapter for each measurement mode.Note that these items apply to both automatic output and manual saves.In addition, the items that can be saved differs, depending on whether thereactive power meter method is used or not.
(1) Data that can be saved
●Normal Measurement mode
* The minimum/maximum data includes the time at which the minimum ormaximum was generated.
* Items 3 and 4 represent data that was tabulated from the time that the datareset key was pressed until the FD output time.
●Integrated Measurement mode
260────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved────────────────────────────────────────────────────
3.Instantaneous values
Instantaneous value dataat the time of output to thefloppy disk
Voltage(U1, U2, U3, Uave)
Current(I1, I2, I3, Iave)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
4. Maximum values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3)
Current(I1, I2, I3)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
5. Minimum values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3)
Current(I1, I2, I3)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
6.Power integration
Active power
(+WP, -WP, ΣWP)
Reactive power
(+WQ, -WQ, ΣWQ)
Apparent power
(+WS, -WS, ΣWS)
7.Average value within
a time period
Integrated average
values within a time
period, based on the
power integration
Power(P, Q, S, λ)
1.FD output date and time
2.Demand measurement start time
3.Instantaneous values
Instantaneous value dataat the time of output to thefloppy disk
Voltage(U1, U2, U3, Uave)
Current(I1, I2, I3, Iave)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
* The minimum/maximum data includes the time at which the minimum ormaximum was generated.
* Items 4 through 7 represent data that was tabulated until the FD outputtime from the integrated measurement start time.
● Demand Measurement mode
The following data from demand measurement, integrated measurement, dailyreports, weekly reports, and monthly reports can be saved.
261────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
4. Maximum values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3)
Current(I1, I2, I3)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
5.Minimum values
Voltage(U1, U2, U3)
Current(I1, I2, I3)
Power(P, Q, S, λ, f)
6.Power integration
Active power
(+WP, -WP, ΣWP)
Reactive power
(+WQ, -WQ, ΣWQ)
Apparent power
(+WS, -WS, ΣWS)
7.Average value within
a time period
Integrated average
values within a time
period, based on the
power integration
Power(P, Q, S, λ)
Load factor (LF)
Usage factor (TLF)
8.Daily reports
Power integration,
Average value within a time period,
Maximum demand values
9.Weekly reports
Power integration,
Average value within a time period,
Maximum demand values
10.Monthly reports
Power integration,
Average value within a time period,
Maximum demand values
11.DemandPower integration,
Average value within a time period
12.Integration
Power integration,
Average value within a time period,
Maximum demand values
* The minimum/maximum data includes the time at which the minimum ormaximum was generated.
* Not included the load factor and usage factor in demand data, however.
* Maximum demand values include the time at which the value wasgenerated.
262────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved────────────────────────────────────────────────────
CAUTION In the case of demand measurement, the print/save item settings are made ina special manner as described below.1) First, set to "ON" all of the necessary items from among daily report, weekly
report, monthly report, demand measurement and integrated measurement.(Multiple items may be set.)
2) Next, set the items that are to actually be output from among theinstantaneous values, maximum values, minimum values, integrated powerlevels, and average values over time; these items are set in common withthe items selected in step 1 above. (Multiple items may be set.)
3) In short, only the items selected in both step 1 (tabulation period) and step 2(output items) are selected and valid initially. If only one setting is set to"ON", nothing is output.
NOTE
Format 1.2MB 1.44MB
Number of files 96 files 112 files
Format 1.2MB 1.44MB
Amount of data Approximately 23 days Approximately 28 days
Number of files 96 files 112 files
* Instantaneous value, maximum value, minimum value, integrated powerlevel and average value over time data from the period in question can all beset in combination in the daily report, weekly report, monthly report, demandmeasurement, and integrated measurement data (items 8 to 12 above). (Thedata settings are common to all, however.)
●Setting conditions
All setting conditions can be saved from the "Setting screen" for eachmeasurement mode and in "Setting" mode.
(2) Amount of data and number of files that can be saved
How much data can be saved depends on the wiring method, the measurementmode, and the setting items.Specific examples are shown below. (Wiring in all cases is three-phase, four-wire, including the setting files.)
The floppy disk, once full, can store no more data. Replace the floppy disk wellbefore it is full.
1. Normal Measurement mode, all items set to "ON".
2. Integrated Measurement mode, output interval of 30 minutes, all items set to"ON".
263────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Format 1.2MB 1.44MB
Amount of data Approximately 23 days Approximately 28 days
Number of files 32 files 37 files
Format 1.2MB 1.44MB
Amount of data Approximately 82 days Approximately 99 days
Number of files 96 files 112 files
Format 1.2MB 1.44MB
Number of files 192 files 224 files
Data format
Item Example data Size (bytes)
Date 97/01/25 8
Time 12:34:56 8
Other than integrated powerlevels
+123.45E+00 11
Integrated power levels +1234.56E+00 12
Out-of-range data +99999E+9 9
Invalid data +00000E+9 9
3. Demand Measurement mode, demand period of 30 minutes, All items set toON
4. Demand Measurement mode, demand period of 30 minutes, demandmeasurement set to "ON", instantaneous values, power integration, averagevalue within a time period set to "ON"
5. Setting conditions
(3) Output format for data output to floppy disk
Measurement data is saved in text format, and the data format is shownbelow. Files begin with a header section (all data that has been saved),followed by measurement value sections listed for each time period.A line feed is executed for the header section and for each measured value ateach time.
264────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved────────────────────────────────────────────────────
File Contents
OUTPUT DATE","OUTPUT TIME","INTEG START DATE","INTEG START TIME",
"ELAPSED TIME","U1","U2","U3","Uave","I1","I2","I3","Iave","P","Q","S","PF","F",
"WP","WP+","WP-","WQ","WS","WS+","WS-","Pave","Qave","Save","PFave" Line feed
97/02/13,11:00:00,97/02/13,11:11:00,0000:00:00,+208.45E+0,+208.47E+0,+208.48E+0,
+208.47E+0,+012.42E+0,+012.43E+0,+012.43E+0,+012.42E+0,+005.06E+3,+005.90E+3,
+007.77E+3,+0.651E+0,+60.02E+0,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,
+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+005.06E+3,+005.90E+3,
+007.77E+3,+0.651E+0 Line feed
97/02/13,11:30:00,97/02/13,11:11:00,0000:30:00,+208.65E+0,+208.65E+0,+208.67E+0,
+208.66E+0,+012.35E+0,+012.36E+0,+012.36E+0,+012.36E+0,+005.06E+3,+005.85E+3
,+007.74E+3,+0.654E+0,+60.01E+0,+000.432E+3,+000.432E+3,+000.000E+3,
+000.497E+3,+000.658E+3,+000.658E+3,+000.000E+3,+005.19E+3,+005.96E+3,
+007.90E+3,+0.657E+0 Line feed
97/02/13,12:00:00,97/02/13,11:11:00,0001:00:00,+208.66E+0,+208.66E+0,+208.68E+0,
+208.67E+0,+012.31E+0,+012.32E+0,+012.32E+0,+012.32E+0,+005.05E+3,+005.82E+3,
+007.71E+3,+0.655E+0,+59.99E+0,+000.857E+3,+000.857E+3,+000.000E+3,
+000.988E+3,+001.308E+3,+001.308E+3,+000.000E+3,+005.14E+3,+005.92E+3,
+007.84E+3,+0.656E+0 Line feed
Sample Printout of File Contents from the Personal Computer
NOTE For symbols for the header block, see the list in Section 9 of the Appendices.
265────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.3 Connection Method────────────────────────────────────────────────────
WARNING In order to avoid electric shock, turn off the 3166 and disconnect thepower cord, the voltage cord, and the clamp on sensors beforeconnecting the 9595 FDD UNIT.
CAUTION The above model is the only floppy disk drive unit that can be used with the3166.
NOTE
Four screws
9595 FDD UNIT To FDD unit connectoron the power meter
Attaching the FDD UNIT
14.3 Connection Method
(1) Floppy disk drive model that can be used:
9595 FDD UNIT manufactured by HIOKI
(2) Connection method
1. Turn the power meter off.
2. Use four screws to attach the 9595 FDD UNIT to the back of the 3166’s caseas shown in the diagram.
If the 9595 FDD UNIT is installed into the 3166 CLAMP ON POWERHiTESTER with screw tighten too much, the floppy disk slot cover of the 9595may be fixed. In this case, remove a floppy disk, and loosen the screw so thatthe slot cover close.
3. Connect the connecting cable for the 9595 FDD UNIT to the floppy disk driveconnector on the power meter. Make sure that the connector’s lockingmechanism engages securely. When disconnecting the connecting cable, pressin both tabs of the locking mechanism to release it and then disconnect theconnector.
266────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.3 Connection Method────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Power supply voltage 5 V ±5%
Allowable ripple 100 mVp-p
Current consumption During standbyDuring read/writePeak during seekPeak during motorstartup
11 mA typ0.3 A typ0.85 A max0.8 A max
Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name
1 5 V 14 STEP
2 INDEX 15 GND
3 5 V 16 WRITE DATA
4 DRIVE SELECT 17 GND
5 5 V 18 WRITE GATE
6 DISK CHANGE 19 GND
7 FD 20 TRACK 00
8 READY 21 GND
9 MEDIA 22 WRITE PROTECT
10 MOTOR ON 23 GND
11 MODE SELECT 1 24 READ DATA
12 DIRECTION 25 GND
13 MODE SELECT 2 26 SIDE SELECT
Floppy Disk Drive Interface Connector
(3) FDD interface specifications
The specifications for the power meter’s FDD interface are shown below.
1. General specifications
2. Connector specifications
267────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.4 Using Floppy Disks────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Inserting a Floppy Disk
Ejecting a Floppy Disk
14.4 Using Floppy Disks
Inserting a floppy disk
Insert the floppy disk (with the printed label facing up) all of the way into thedrive.If the floppy disk is inserted correctly, the Eject button will pop out.
Ejecting a floppy disk
Pressing the Eject button as shown in the diagram causes the floppy disk topop out.
268────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.4 Using Floppy Disks────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Back side of the floppy diskTab in upper position: Write-protection isdisabled (data can be saved to the floppydisk)
Tab in lower position: Write-protection isenabled (data cannot be saved to thefloppy disk)
Floppy Disk Write-protection
CAUTION ・Do not use 2DD floppy disk.・Do not remove the floppy disk while the FD aut output is complete and the
data saved.・Inserting a floppy disk upside down, backwards or in the wrong direction may
damage the instrument.・Do not remove the floppy disk while the drive is operating (the LED on the
floppy drive is on).・Always be sure to eject any floppy disk from the floppy disk drive whenever
you will be carrying or transporting the 9595 FDD UNIT or the 3166.
NOTE
Protecting data on a floppy disk
Each floppy disk has a write-protect tab on it. If the write-protection isenabled, it is impossible to do anything to the data on the floppy disk except toread (load) it.If you wish to perform some sort of operation on the data on the floppy disk(aside from loading it), confirm the contents of the floppy disk and thendisable the write-protection.
When loading data to personal computer via floppy disk, verify that floppydisk formatted in the 3166 is recognized on personal computer.
269────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.5 Saving Measurement Data────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Print/Save Items for NormalMeasurement
Print/Save Items for IntegratedMeasurement
Print/Save Items for DemandMeasurement
NOTE
14.5 Saving Measurement Data
(1) Set the print/save items on the setting screens for the measurement modes
For details on how to make these settings, refer to "Changing Settings" ineach of the chapters on the various measurement modes.
The items that can be saved differ for each measurement mode.
270────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.5 Saving Measurement Data────────────────────────────────────────────────────
NOTE
Mode Data Extension Save operation
Setting Setting conditions .SET When the FD key is pressed
Normalmeasurement
Setting conditions
Normalmeasurement data
.SET
.NMO
When the FD key is pressed while the"Setting" screen is displayedWhen the FD key is pressed
Integratedmeasurement
Setting conditions
Integratedmeasurement data
.SET
.ITG
When the FD key is pressed while the"Setting" screen is displayedAt the start of integrated measurement(automatic output)Automatically at the set interval(automatic output)
Demandmeasurement
Setting conditions
Demandmeasurement dataIntegrated data
Daily report dataWeekly report dataMonthly report data
.SET
.DEM
.TOT
.DAY.WEE.MON
When the FD key is pressed while the"Setting" screen is displayedAt the start of demand measurement(automatic output)Automatically at the set demand period(automatic output).At the end of measurement(automatic output)Every 24 hours (automatic output)Every 1 week (automatic output)Every 1 month (automatic output)
(2) Setting the file name
Input the file name on the same setting screens for the measurement modesas in step 1 above.File names can consist of up to eight normal-width characters (alphanumerics,katakana) or four double-width characters (kanji, hiragana, katakana).
Reference "Extensions" consist of three letters and are automatically appended at theend of file names. Extensions are useful for identifying the type of data whenyou later load he measurement data and analyze it on the personal computer,for example.
About extensionsThe power meter automatically appends the following extensions to filenames, depending on the measurement mode and the items being saved.When the integrated measurement data or demand measurement data isoutput automatically, the setting conditions and the daily/weekly/monthlyreport data (if these reports have been set) are all created with the same filename but different extensions.
271────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.5 Saving Measurement Data────────────────────────────────────────────────────
FD Key
Integrated Measurement FD AutoOutput Setting
Demand Measurement FD Auto OutputSetting
Reference ・If no file name is specifiedIf no file name is set, a file named "AUTOXXX" is generated automaticallyand the measurement data is saved in that file."XXX" represents a number from "000" to "999"; the program uses the smallestnumber that is still available.・When saving setting conditions, a file named "SETXXX" is automatically
generated.・If the file name that was set already exists
If an existing file name is set, an error results. Set a new file name thatdiffers from all existing file names.
(3) Saving data manually
Pressing the SAVE key saves the current measurement data in the file thatwas set.
(4) Automatic output
Data can be saved automatically in "Integrated Measurement" mode and"Demand Measurement" mode.
1. Set FD auto output to "ON" on the setting screen for the measurement mode.
272────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.5 Saving Measurement Data────────────────────────────────────────────────────
CAUTION ・The display of the measured values is not updated while data is beingautomatically output. Keys also may not function temporarily while data isbeing output.
・If "FD auto output" is set to "ON", the SAVE key has no effect whileintegrated or demand measurement is in progress. After measurement ends(including while integration is in standby), it is possible to change theprint/save items and save the data to a file named "AUTOXXX" by pressingthe SAVE key. However, if the print/save items are changed, additionalintegration is no longer possible.
NOTE
CAUTION If there is no floppy disk in the 9595 FDD UNIT, an error results and the saveoperation is not executed. In addition, note that if the disk becomes full, anerror is displayed and the save operation is not performed.
2. In the case of "Integrated Measurement" mode, set the output interval as well.
3. Begin measurement.
4. At the end of each interval or demand period, the measurement data isautomatically saved to the same floppy disk.
・In the case of "Demand Measurement" mode, there is no output intervalsetting.・For details on how to save the setting conditions, refer to the section entitled
"Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk" for each measurement mode and Settingmode.・In the display hold status, data held is saved.
273────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
FD Operation Screen
NOTE
14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode
If "FD (Floppy Disk)" mode is selected on the "Initial" screen, the followingfunctions become available. Select the necessary items with the cursor.
Be sure that the optional 9595 FDD UNIT is connected when using "FD"mode.
274────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.6.1 Loading Setting Data That Was Previously Saved on
Floppy Disk
Status Data Load
The measurement conditions can be changed by loading in setting data thatwas previously saved from the setting screen for each measurement mode andin Setting mode.
(1) Insert the floppy disk containing the data into the 9595 FDD UNIT.
(2) Position the cursor at "STATUS DATA Load" and press the EXEC. functionkey.
(3) The "STATUS DATA Load" screen appears, and the setting data files aredisplayed. If there are more than 10 files, they are displayed on more thanone page. Use the NEXT and PREVIOUS function keys to switch between thepages.
(4) Position the cursor on the name of the file to be loaded.
(5) Once the LOAD function key is pressed, the selected file is loaded.
(6) The setting conditions are changed according to the contents of the file (thesetting data).
(7) Press the RET. function key to return to the "Initial" screen.
275────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.6.2 Loading Measurement Data That Was Previously Saved
on Floppy Disk
NOTE
Measure Data Load
This operation can be used to check the contents of a file into whichmeasurement data was previously saved in measurement mode, or to printthat data on a printer connected to the power meter.
Be sure that the printer is already connected to the power meter beforeoutputting the measurement data to the printer.
(1) Insert the floppy disk containing the data into the 9595 FDD UNIT.
(2) Position the cursor at "MEASURE DATA load" and press the EXEC. functionkey.
(3) The "MEASURE DATA load" screen appears, and the measurement data filesare displayed. If there are more than 10 files, they are displayed on morethan one page. Use the NEXT and PREVIOUS function keys to switch betweenthe pages.
(4) Position the cursor on the name of the file to be loaded. The file extensionsare also displayed, allowing you to select just the measurement data that youneed.
(5) Once the LOAD function key is pressed, the selected file is loaded.
(6) The "File View" screen appears, and the measurement data contained in theselected file is displayed. If the file contains a lot of data, it is displayed onmore than one page. Use the NEXT and PREVIOUS function keys to switchbetween the pages and view the data.
276────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
File View Screen
(7) Pressing the SET key at this point causes the setting conditions for thatmeasurement data to be displayed.
(8) The measurement data that was just loaded can be output to the printed bypressing the OUTPUT function key. The data is output in the same printingformat as during measurement.
(9) In order to output additional data, return to step 4 and repeat.
(10) Press the RET. function key to return to the "Initial" screen.
277────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.6.3 Formatting a Floppy Disk
CAUTION The formatting process erases all data previously saved to that floppy disk.Make sure that the floppy disk does not contain any essential data beforeformatting it.
Format Window
This function is used in order to format (initialize) floppy disks. Only 3.5-inch2HD floppy disks can be used.
(1) Insert the floppy disk that is to be formatted into the 9595 FDD UNIT. (Besure that write-protection is disabled.)
(2) Position the cursor at "Format," and then press the EXEC. function key.
(3) When the "FORMAT" window appears, press the 1.44M function key in order toformat the floppy disk as a 1.44MB disk, or press the 1.2M function key inorder to format the floppy disk as a 1.2MB disk.
(4) The formatting operation is executed. While this operating is in progress, themessage "Formatting" is displayed.
(5) Once formatting is completed, the display returns to the "Format" window. Toformat another floppy disk, return to step 1 and repeat.
(6) Press the RET. function key to return to the "Initial" screen.
278────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.6.4 Renaming Files
CAUTION All related files (those with the same file name) are renamed by this function.Note also that it is not possible to change a file’s extension.
Rename File Screen
This function is used to change the name of a file that has been saved on afloppy disk. This function is especially useful for renaming with a moredescriptive name any file that was automatically named "AUTOXXX" or"SETXXX" because no file name was specified when the file was created.
(1) Insert the floppy disk that contains the file to be renamed into the 9595 FDDUNIT. (Be sure that write-protection is disabled.)
(2) Position the cursor at "Rename," and then press the EXEC. function key.
(3) The "Rename" window appears.
(4) Position the cursor on the file to be renamed, and then press the RENAME
function key.
(5) When the "File Name Input" window appears, input the new file name. Theinput method is the same as when inputting a file name on the setting screenfor any of the measurement modes.
(6) When the ENTER function key is pressed, finalizing the new file name, the newfile name appears in the file list. To stop renaming files, press the RET. key.To continue renaming files, return to step 2 and repeat.
(7) Press the RET. function key to return to the Initial screen.
279────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.6.5 Deleting Files
CAUTION ・Be aware that once a file is deleted, it cannot be recovered.・All related files (those with the same file name) are deleted by this function.
Delete File Screen
This function is used to delete unnecessary files from a floppy disk.
(1) Insert the floppy disk that contains the file to be deleted into the 9595 FDDUNIT. Be sure that write-protection is disabled.
(2) Position the cursor at "Delete" and then press the EXEC. function key.
(3) The "Delete" window appears.
(4) Position the cursor on the file to be deleted, and then press the DELETE
function key.
(5) The selected file is deleted, and the file list is updated.
(6) To continue deleting files, return to step 2 and repeat.
(7) Press the RET. function key to return to the Initial screen.
280────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
14.6.6 Upgrade
This function is used to upgrade the 3166’s software functions. For details onthis procedure, refer to the instructions provided with the upgrade disk.
281────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15.1 Overview────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
CAUTION The 9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE is optional software. The 9595FDD UNIT is required in order to load this software.
Chapter 15Harmonic Analysis
Software
15.1 Overview
Loading the 9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE into the 3166 CLAMPON HiTESTER makes it possible to analyze harmonic in addition to thenormal voltage, current, and power measurements.Analyzing the harmonic components on the line being measured makes itpossible to monitor the condition of various problems and fluctuations.For details, refer to the manual provided with the 9556 HARMONICANALYSIS SOFTWARE.
282────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15.1 Overview────────────────────────────────────────────────────
283────────────────────────────────────────────────────
────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15
16
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Chapter 16Operation in the Event of a
Loss of Power
Circumstances may sometimes result in the supply of power to the 3166 beinginterrupted for some reason while taking measurements. Although themeasurement operation halts for the duration of the power loss, the 3166 doeshave a backup function that saves the setting conditions and measurementdata gathered up to that point.This chapter explains how to operation in the event of a loss of power eachmeasurement mode.
284────────────────────────────────────────────────────
16.1 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power────────────────────────────────────────────────────
16.1 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power
(1) Screen displayThe screen display goes blank.
(2) Clock and calendarThe clock and calendar continue to operate normally.
(3) Setting conditionsAll settings are saved.
(4) Measurement dataIf the display data was being held when power was lost, all of the data thatwas being held is retained.
1. Normal Measurement modeThe minimum and maximum values are retained.
2. Integrated Measurement modeThe minimum and maximum values and the integrated values are retained.
3. Demand Measurement modeThe minimum/maximum values and the demand values from the previousdemand period, and the integrated values are retained.
(5) Printer operationAfter power is restored, the printer prints a message indicating that there wasa loss of power.
1. During manual printingPrinting stops immediately. The printing operation status is not retained, soit is necessary to restart the manual printing operation after power isrestored.
2. During automatic outputIf printing is in progress, printing stops immediately.
Reference If the printer is running off of batteries, all data that is sent from the 3166 isprinted.
(6) FDD unit operation
1. While loadingIf a floppy disk operation is in progress when power is lost, the data that wasbeing handled becomes invalid. Restart the loading operation after power isrestored.
2. During a manual save/automatic output to FDIf a floppy disk operation is in progress when power is lost, the data that wasbeing handled becomes invalid. In the worst case, the file itself may bedameged. After power is restored, if automatic output was being used whenpower was lost, a character string indicating that power was lost is written tothe FD.
285────────────────────────────────────────────────────
16.2 Normal Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15
16
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
CAUTION Because circuit operations are not settled immediately after power is restored,the correct minimum and maximum instantaneous values are not displayed.Press the Data Reset to clear the minimum and maximum values.
16.2 Normal Measurement Mode
(1) Data and setting conditions that are retained
1. Measurement dataThe minimum and maximum values just before power was lost are retained.If the display data was being held when power was lost, all of the data thatwas being held is retained.
2. Setting conditionsThe setting conditions when the power was lost are retained.
(2) Operation after power is restoredOnce power is restored, the Normal Measurement mode screen is displayedand instantaneous value measurement resumes. If display data was beingheld when power was lost, that data is displayed and measurement resumes.The FDD unit does not perform any operation.
286────────────────────────────────────────────────────
16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
CAUTION A loss of power while the power meter is in standby mode has no effects.
CAUTION Although the start of processing in this case is later than the start time that wasset, the processing assumes that the measured values during the interval were"0". The power meter stops measuring at the scheduled stop time.
16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand
Measurement Mode
(1) Data and setting conditions that are retained
1. Measurement dataIf the display data was being held when power was lost, all of the data thatwas being held is retained.Integrated measurement mode: The minimum/maximum values and theintegrated values just before power was lost are retained.Demand measurement mode: The minimum/maximum values and the demandvalues from the previous demand period, and the integrated values areretained.
2. Setting conditionsThe setting conditions when the power was lost are retained.
(2) Operation after power is restored
1. If power was lost while in standby mode
a. Operation when power is restored prior to the time set for the start ofprocessing
The power meter goes back into standby mode and then begins integrated ordemand measurement when the set time arrives.
b. Operation when power is restored after the time set for the start ofprocessing
The power meter begins integrated or demand measurement as soon as thepower is restored.
2. If power was lost while integrated measurement or demand measurement wasin progress
The power meter does not keep track of the elapsed time for integratedmeasurement while the power is off. (Integrated measurement is paused, notstopped.)After power is restored, a message indicating that a power failure hadoccurred is displayed on the screen and integrated measurement resumes.(Pressing any key causes the message to disappear.)
287────────────────────────────────────────────────────
16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15
16
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Printing in progress
Indicates that power was lostduring this interval
Power Loss While Printing is In Progress
In this case, the measurement data for the duration of the power loss isprocessed as if it were "0", and integrated measurement continues for theremaining time that was allotted.
3. Printer operation
a. If power was lost while the printer was printing
The printing operation stops immediately. (Unless the printer is running offof batteries.) After power is restored, the printer prints an indication thatpower had been lost.
b. If power was lost while integrated measurement or demand measurementwas in progress
After power is restored, When the "RS-232C Device" is set to "Printer" and aprinter is connected, the printer prints a message indicating that a powerloss occurred.
288────────────────────────────────────────────────────
16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Indicates that power was lost duringthis interval
Printing Example After Power is Restored
4. Floppy disk operation
a. If power was lost while data was being saved to a floppy disk
The data that was being saved is not guaranteed. In the worst case, the fileitself may be damagedIf automatic output was being used when power was lost, a character stringindicating that power was lost is written to the floppy disk.
b. If power was lost while integrated measurement or demand measurementwas in progress
After power is restored, the floppy disk drive does nothing when power isrestored.
Reference The 3166 battery backup・As a countermeasure against sudden loss of power, the 3166 CLAMP ON Hi
TESTER has a built-in battery that backs up memory containing the settingconditions, minimum/maximum value data, and integrated data (includingdemand measurements).If the display data is being held, the battery backs up all of that data aswell.・When the power is turned on, the setting conditions that were in effect the
last time that the power was turned off remain in effect.・Because the battery backup maintains the integrated value data, it is
necessary to press the Data Reset key and clear the existing data in"Integrated Measurement" mode if the results of the upcoming integratedmeasurements are not to be added to the existing integrated value data.
289────────────────────────────────────────────────────
17.1 Cautions────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15
16
17
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
WARNING Adjustments and repairs should be made only by technically qualifiedpersonnel.
CAUTION ・If the protective functions of the product are damaged, either remove it fromservice or mark it clearly so that others do not use it inadvertently.
・Measurements are degraded by dirt on the mating surfaces of the clamp-onsensor, so keep the surfaces clean by gently wiping with a soft cloth.
Chapter 17Maintenance and Service
17.1 Cautions
To clean the product, wipe it gently with a soft cloth moistened with water ormild detergent. Never use solvents such as benzene, alcohol, acetone, ether,ketones, thinners or gasoline, as they can deform and discolor the case.
FusesThe 3166 uses a switched power supply and is equipped with an internal fuse(T2 A/250 V). This fuse cannot be replaced externally.
290────────────────────────────────────────────────────
17.2 Troubleshooting────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Symptom Items to check
Even though the power switch has
been turned on, the display remains
blank.
・Is the power cord connected securely?・Is the screen contrast proper? If not clear, see
8.2.9 "Contrast."
The keys do not work. ・Is one of the keys in the pressed state?・Is the key lock function engaged?
Measured values are unstable. ・Is the frequency of the line being measured50/60/400 Hz?
・Does the frequency of the line being measuredfluctuate, are there momentary power outages,etc.?
・In fixed clock mode, does the line frequencysetting match the actual frequency of the linebeing measured?
The measurement data is yielding
unexpected results.
・Are the voltage cord or clamp on sensors hookedup incorrectly?
・Does the setting for the type of line beingmeasured match the actual type of the line beingmeasured?
The floppy disk drive is not operating
correctly.
・Is the FDD unit connected securely to the powermeter?
・Has the floppy disk been formatted?・Is the floppy disk in the write-protect state?
The printer is not operating correctly. ・Is the RS-232C interface set properly for usewith the printer?
・Is there paper loaded in the printer?
17.2 Troubleshooting
If the power meter is not operating correctly, check the following items.
If any other problem occurs for an unknown reason, try a system reset, whichrestores all of the settings to their factory settings.For details, refer to section 8.2.13, "System Reset."
ServiceIf damage is suspected, check the "Troubleshooting" section before contactingyour dealer or Hioki representative.
291────────────────────────────────────────────────────
17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and the Packing Materials────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15
16
17
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
WARNING To avoid a shock hazard, disconnect the test leads before replacingthe batteries.
To avoid the possibility of explosion, do not short circuit, disassembleor incinerate batteries.
Keep batteries away from children to prevent accidental swallowing.
Protector
Back cover
Front panel
17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and the Packing
Materials
This power meter uses a lithium battery for memory backup. Remove thelithium battery before disposing of the power meter, and follow the prescribedmethod when disposing of the power meter.
(1) Tools required for disassembly
The following tools are required in order to disassemble this unit:・One philips screwdriver・One pair of wire cutters
(2) Disassembly
1. As shown in the diagram, remove the four screws that hold the back cover ofthe power meter in place.
2. Remove the front panel and the protector.
3. Turn over the first board (on which the LCD is mounted), revealing thelithium battery. Cut the two leads with the wire cutter, and remove thelithium battery.
292────────────────────────────────────────────────────
17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and the Packing Materials────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Lithium battery Cut the two leads withthe wire cutter
Removing the Lithium Battery
The packing materials are all made of corrugated cardboard, and can thereforebe recycled.
293────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.1 Product Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15
16
17
18
5
6
7
18
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
18.1.1 General Specifications
Location for use Indoors, altitude up to 2000 m (6562 feet)
Storage temperature andhumidity range
-10℃ to 50℃ (50 F to 122 F) 80% RH or less (no condensation)
Operating temperature andhumidity range
0℃ to 40℃ (32 F to 104 F), 80% RH or less (no condensation)
Measurement lines Single-phase, two-wire; single-phase, three-wire; three-phase,three-wire; three-phase, four-wire
Input system Voltage: Insulated inputCurrent: Insulated input through clamp on sensor
Applicable current sensor 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR
Maximum common mode voltage Digital sampling system, PLL synchronization or 50/60/400 Hzfixed clock
Input resistance (50/60 Hz) Voltage: 1.3 MΩ±10%Current: 0.8 mΩ±10%
Maximum allowable input Voltage: 600 VrmsAC, 850 V peak valueCurrent: 1 ArmsAC, 1.42 A peak value
Maximum same-phase voltage Voltage input terminal: 600 VrmsAC, 50/60 Hz
Chapter 18Specifications
18.1 Product Specifications
This chapter explains the 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER’s productspecifications, measurement ranges, and calculation formulas, and the 9291/9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR’s product specifications.For the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR, refer to instruction manual of the9291/ 9298.
These specifications apply to the 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER.
294────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.1 Product Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Withstand voltage (50/60Hz, 1minute)
5.55 kVAC: Between voltage input terminal and case3.25 kV: Between voltage input terminal and current input terminal, output terminal, external interface terminal2.3 kVAC: Between power supply and case1.35 kVAC: Between power supply and current input terminal, output terminal, external interface terminal
Insulation resistance More than 100 MΩ at 500 VDCBetween voltage input terminal and current input terminal,output terminal, external interface terminal, caseMore than 50 MΩ at 500 VDCBetween power supply and current input terminal, outputterminal, external interface terminal, case
Display 4.7-inch LCD (320×240 dots) adjustable contrast, backlight
Battery backup life More than 10 years (25℃ (77 F) reference value)
Rated supply voltage 100 VAC to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Rated power 33 VA max
External dimensions 246 (W) × 86 (H) ×176 (D)mm(9.69" (W) × 3.39" (H) × 6.93" (D)) (not including projections)
Mass 1.6 kg (56.44 oz) (including 9594 D/A OUTPUT)
Applicable standards Safety: EN61010-1:1993+A2:1995 Voltage inputs: Pollution level 2, overvoltage category III (expected transient overvoltage: 6000 V) Power supply: Pollution level 2, overvoltage category II (expected transient overvoltage: 2500 V)EMC: EN61326-1:1997+A1:1998 EN61000-3-2:1995+A1:1998+A2:1998 EN61000-3-3:1995
Accessories 9438 VOLTAGE CORD × 1 (one each black, red, yellow, andblue)Voltage cord locks × 4Stand × 1Power cord × 1Instruction Manual × 1Guide × 1
Options 9291 CLAMP ON SENSOR (AC 500 A)9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR (AC 100 A)9290 CLAMP ON PROBE9594 D/A OUTPUT (including 9441 CONNECTION CABLE)9595 FDD UNIT9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE9619-01 HARMONICS DATA ANALYSIS UTILITY (for the 9556)9383 CARING CASE9440 CONNECTION CABLE (for remote control)9441 CONNECTION CABLE (for D/A output)9442 PRINTER9443-01 AC ADAPTER (for Japan)9443-02 AC ADAPTER (for Europe, except for Switzerland)9443-03 AC ADAPTER (for the U.S.A.)9444 CONNECTION CABLE (for printer)1196 PRINT PAPER
295────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.1 Product Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15
16
17
18
5
6
7
18
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
18.1.2 Basic Specifications
■ Conditions for guaranteed accuracy
Conditions for guaranteedaccuracy
Warmup time of at least 30 minutes, sine wave input, powerfactor = 1, PLL synchronization* If using a fixed clock, accuracy is not guaranteed when the
input frequency and the fixed clock frequency do not agree.
Temperature and humidity range 23℃±3℃ (73 F±5 F), 80% RH or less(The specifications indicated here are defined for thesetemperature and humidity ranges except where notedotherwise.)
Basic frequency ranges 45 Hz to 66 Hz, and 360 Hz to 440 Hz
■ Measurement items
Measurement items Voltage, current, active power, reactive power, apparent power,power integration, power factor, and frequencymeasured values are processed using the calculation formulasshown in Tables 2 and 3.
■ Display
Display range 0.4% to 130% of range (values of 0.4% or less are suppressed tozero.)
Effective measurement range 10% to 110% of range (only up to 100% for the 600 V range,2.5% or more for the 20 A range, however)
Display update rate Approximately once per second (except during FD or RS-232Coperations)
■ Individual measurement items
■ Voltage and current measurement
Measurement ranges 150.00 V/300.00 V/600.00 V/auto range
Current 20.000 A/50.000 A/100.00 A/200.00 A/500.00 A/auto rangeAccuracy is guaranteed in the 20A-100A range for the 9298sensor, and in all ranges for the 9291 sensor.
Measurement method True effective value
Measurement accuracy Voltage: ±0.1% rdg.±0.2%f.s.Current: ±0.1% rdg.±0.2%f.s.+ clamp on sensor specifications
Crest factor Voltage: 2 or less (with full scale input; 1.41 or less for the 600 V range, however)Current: 3 or less (with full scale input; 2.84 or less for the 500 A range, however)
296────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.1 Product Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Active power measurement
Measurement range Determined by the voltage × current range combination (Referto Table 1.)
Measurement accuracy ±0.1% rdg. ±0.2%f.s. + clamp on sensor specifications (powerfactor = 1)
Effect of power factor ±0.1% rdg. (45 Hz to 66 Hz, power factor = 0.5)
Polarity display: Forconsumption
When the consumption: unsigned; when the for regeneration: "-"
■ Reactive power measurement
Measurement range Determined by the voltage × current range combination (Referto Table 1.)
When not using the reactivepower meter method
Reactive power is calculated on the basis of the voltage, current,and active power measurements. (Refer to Table 2.)When using the reactive power meter method: Reactive power ismeasured directly by the reactive power meter method.
Measurement accuracy When not using the reactive power meter method: ±1 dgt. foreach calculation from measured values
When using the reactive powermeter method
±0.1% rdg. ±0.2%f.s. + clamp on sensor specifications (reactivepower factor = 1)
Effect of reactive power factor ±1.0% rdg. (45 Hz to 66 Hz, reactive power factor = 0.5, usingthe reactive power meter method)
Polarity display When the current lags the voltage: unsigned; when the currentleads the voltage: "-"
■ Apparent power measurement
Measurement range Determined by the voltage × current range combination (Referto Table 1.)
Measurement accuracy ±1 dgt. for each calculation from measured values
Polarity display No polarity
■ Power integration measurement
Measurement range Active power integration: ±0.000 Wh to ±999999 MWhReactive power integration: ±0.000 varh to ±999999 MvarhApparent power integration: 0.000 VAh to 999999 MVAh
Integrated accuracy Accuracy of each active power, reactive power and apparentpower measurement ±1 dgt.
Timer setting range 10 seconds to 1000 hours (settable in 10-second intervals)
Timer accuracy ±25 ppm ±1 s (25℃) (77 F)
297────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.1 Product Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────
15
16
17
18
5
6
7
18
9
10
11
12
13
14
A
Measurement display Active power integration: Displays power consumption,regenerative power, and addition (simple addition)Reactive power integration: Displays delay and lead for eachphase, total value (sum of absolute values)* The display items and the integration calculation formulas
depend on the reactive power measurement method setting.(Refer to Table 3.)
■ Power factor measurement
Measurement range -1.000 (lead) to 0.000 to +1.000 (lag)
Accuracy ±1 dgt. for each calculation from measured values
Polarity display When the current lags the voltage: unsigned; when the currentleads the voltage: "-"
■ Frequency measurement
Measurement range 40.00 to 500.0 Hz
Measurable input range 10% to 110% of range (only up to 100% for the 600 V range,however)
Measurement source Voltage U1, or current I1 (same as the PLL synchronizationsource)
Accuracy ±0.5% rdg. ±1 dgt.
■ Other Characteristics
Frequency characteristics For a base frequency from 45 Hz to 66 Hz, up to the 50 th orderof the base wave: ±3%f.s. + measurement accuracyFor a base frequency from 360 Hz to 440 Hz, up to the 7 thorder of the base wave: ±3%f.s. + measurement accuracy
Temperature coefficient Not more than ±0.1%f.s./℃
Effect of same phase voltage Not more than ±0.2%f.s. (600 VrmsAC, 50/60 Hz, voltage inputterminal shorted with case)
Effect of external magnetic field: Not more than ±1.5%f.s. (in a 400 Arms/m AC, 50/60 Hzmagnetic field)
Real-time clock accuracy ±25 ppm ±1 s (25℃) (77 F)
Effect of radiated radio-frequency electromagnetic field
At 3 V/m Voltage: within 3.00 V Current: within 0.05 A
298────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.1 Product Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.1.3 Function Specifications
■ Normal Measurement mode
Instantaneous value display Displays voltage, current, average voltage, average current,active power, reactive power, apparent voltage, power factor,and frequency.* Active power display includes consumption/regeneration and
reactive power; power factor display includes lag/lead phasepolarity display
* Average value displays are available only when measuringthree currents on a three-phase, three-wire line or whenmeasuring a three-phase, four-wire line.
Minimum/maximum valuedisplay
Displays minimum/maximum values for voltage, current, activepower, reactive power, apparent power, power factor, andcurrent.* Reactive power and power factor displays include
minimum/maximum values for each lagging/leading phase.
Time of generation display Displays time of generation for each minimum and maximumvalue.
Contents of related settings Contents of setting mode, etc.
Print/save items Items to be printed on the printer/saved to floppy disk arespecified in 9 blocks (9 blocks arising from all possiblecombinations of voltage, current and power with instantaneousvalues, maximum values, and minimum values)
File names Up to eight alphanumeric characters (normal width) or fourkanji (double width)
D/A output items Voltage, current, active power, reactive power, apparent power,power factor and frequency
■ Integrated Measurement mode
Instantaneous value display Same as instantaneous value display contents for NormalMeasurement mode.
Minimum/maximum valuedisplay
Same as minimum/maximum display contents for NormalMeasurement mode.
Contents of related settings Contents of setting mode, etc.
Integrated displays 1 and 2 (Refer to Table 3.)
When not using reactive powermethod measurement
Integrated display 1: Active power integration, reactive powerintegration, apparent power integration, and average valuewithin a time period when power is being consumedIntegrated display 2: Active power integrationconsumption/regeneration/addition, apparent power integrationconsumption/regeneration/addition, and reactive powerintegration while power is being consumed
When using reactive powermethod measurement
Integrated display 1: Active power integration, lagged reactivepower integration, apparent power integration, and averagevalue within a time period when power is being consumedIntegrated display 2: Active power integrationconsumption/regeneration/addition, reactive power integrationlag/lead/total, and apparent power integration while power isbeing consumed
299────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.1 Product Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Contents of related settings Contents of setting mode, etc.
Integration start method Time specification/manual* Format for time specification: YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour
system)
Integration stop method Time specification/timer/manual* Timer specification: 10 seconds to 1000 hours (in 10-second
steps)* Format for time specification: YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour
system)
Output interval time 2 minutes to 1000 hours (one-minute intervals)
Print/save items Same items as in Normal Measurement mode, plus integratedvalues and average values within a time period.
FD auto output On/off
File names Up to eight alphanumeric characters (normal width) or fourkanji (double width)
RS-232C auto output On/off
D/A output items Same items as in Normal Measurement mode, and active powerintegration (consumption, regeneration, addition)
Integrated output rates 5 V/5 kWh,5 V/10 kWh,5 V/50 kWh,5 V/100 kWh,5 V/500k Wh,and 5 V/1 MWh
■ Demand Measurement mode
Instantaneous value display Same as instantaneous value display contents for NormalMeasurement mode.
Integrated displays 1 and 2 Same as integrated displays 1 and 2 for integratedmeasurement, and also average values within a time period.
Minimum/maximum valuedisplay
Same as minimum/maximum display contents for NormalMeasurement mode (during integration time).
Demand display Displays results from the previous (most recent) demandmeasurement period (power integration during the demandperiod, average values within a time period, and maximumdemand value).Maximum demand value generation time: Generation time ofthe maximum demand value, up to the previous demand period
Minimum/maximum valuedisplay
Same as minimum/maximum display contents for NormalMeasurement mode (during demand time).
Daily report display Demand measurement results for a one-day period (24 hours)following the demand measurement starting date and timeMaximum demand value generation time: Generation time ofthe maximum demand value a one-day period (24 hours)following the demand measurement starting date and time
Minimum/maximum value display Same as minimum/maximum display contents for NormalMeasurement mode (during daily report period).
300────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.1 Product Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Weekly report display Demand measurement results for a one-week period (7 days)following the demand measurement starting date and timeMaximum demand value generation time: Generation time ofthe maximum demand value for a one-week period (7 days)following the demand measurement starting date and time
Minimum/maximum valuedisplay
Same as minimum/maximum display contents for NormalMeasurement mode (during weekly report period).
Monthly report display Demand measurement results for a one-month period (until thesame date and time of the following month) following thedemand measurement starting date and time (Auto calendarfunction)Maximum demand value generation time: Generation time ofthe maximum demand value for a one-month period followingthe demand measurement starting date and time
Minimum/maximum valuedisplay
Same as minimum/maximum display contents for NormalMeasurement mode (during monthly report period).
Contents of related settings Contents of setting mode, etc.
Start time YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour system)
Stop time YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour system)
Demand period 5 minutes/10 minutes/15 minutes/30 minutes/60 minutes/2hours/3 hours/4 hours/6 hours/8 hours/12 hours
Transformer capacity 0.001 to 1000.000 kVA (in 0.001 kVA steps)
Print/save items Integrated Measurement mode items, integrated , demandvalues, daily report values, weekly report values, and monthlyreport values
FD auto output On/off* The FD auto output time interval is the same as the demand
period.
File names Up to eight alphanumeric characters (normal width) or fourkanji (double width)
RS-232C auto output On/off
D/A output items Same items as in Normal Measurement mode, and active powerintegration (consumption, regeneration, addition)
Integrated output rates 5 V/5 kWh,5 V/10 kWh,5 V/50 kWh,5 V/100 kWh,5 V/500 kWh,and 5 V/1 MWh
■ Harmonic mode
Displays results of harmonic analysis.For details on display of measurements, settings, etc., refer to the specifications for the 9556 HarmonicAnalysis Software.
301────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.1 Product Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Setting Mode
Using the reactive power metermethod
Yes/no (Refer to Table 2.)No: Reactive power is calculated on the basis of the voltage, current, and active power measurements.* Processing of the measured values is performed by calculation
formulas.Yes: Reactive power is measured directly by the reactive power meter method.
Sampling method PLL synchronization/fixed clock
PLL synchronization/frequencysource
Voltage U1/current I1
Frequency on line beingmeasured
50/60/400 Hz
Display averaging times OFF/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10 times (moving average processing)
PT ratio Setting range: 1 to 10000
CT ratio Setting range: 0.01 to 10000.00
Backlight On/off/auto off
Contrast Gradations can be set (1 to 16).
Key beep Key beep when a key is pressed can be turned on/off
RS-232C devices Printers, personal computers, modems
Real-time clock and calendar Year, month, day, hours, minutes
System reset System reset restores all settings to factory settings
■ Floppy disk mode
Loading Loads saved settings
Data output Saved settings can be printed out
Floppy disk initialization Supported disk capacities: 1.2MB/1.44MB (MS-DOS* format)*"MS-DOS" is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
File name changes File names can be changed.
File deletion Files can be deleted.
302────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.1 Product Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.1.4 External Interfaces
■ RS-232C interfaceThe interface settings can be customized for the device that is connected (printer/personalcomputer/modem).
Transfer method Start-stop synchronization, full duplex
Settings for printers Baud rate (bps): 2400, 9600Data length (bits): 7, 8Parity checking: Even, odd, offStop bit length: 1, 2Flow control: None, XON/XOFF, RTS/CTS, bothTerminator transmission: CR/LF/CR+LF
Settings for personal computers Settings for printers, etcTerminator reception: CR/LF/CR+LF
Settings for modems Settings for printers, etcTelephone number: Input the telephone number being called.Telephone information: Can be used to input comments.Modem initialization command: 50 charactersID code: 10 characters (used in order to identify device)
■ Remote control jack
Measurement start/stop control Integrated measurement start/stop control, and demandmeasurement start control
Data reset control Data reset for integrated values and for minimum/maximumvalues
Printing control Manual printing control
Floppy disk data save control Manual data save control
Control signal levels 0/5 V logic signals, and closed/open contact signals
■ D/A output jackWhen the optional 9594 D/A OUTPUT is installed, up to four items set as D/A output setting items can beoutput.
Output items Voltage, current, active power, reactive power, apparent power,power factor, frequency, and active power integration(consumption, regeneration, and addition)The items that can be set also depend on the measurementmode, however.
Data reset control DC ±5 V/f.s
Output update rate Normal Measurement mode: Every 2 cycles at 50/60 Hz, every16 cycles at 400 Hz
Output accuracy Measurement accuracy ±0.2%f.s.
■ Floppy disk drive
When the optional 9595 FDD UNIT is externally connected to the power meter, it can be used to storemeasurements and settings, and to load settings.
303────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.1 Product Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────
■ Warning functions
Bad wiring check Pressing the CHECK key calls up the "Wiring Check" screen,and permits checking the wiring, phase sequence, and forreversed clamp on sensor connections.
Over-range indicator "o.r." is displayed when the input exceeds 130% of the range.However, minimum/maximum values are displayed until theygo out of the dynamic range.
Excessive input warning(Out of dynamic range)
The Uov, lov marks are displayed when the peak value of thevoltage or current input waveform exceeds the range by a factorof two (a factor of three, in the case of current).
PLL unlock If the PLL lock is lost due to the effects of a distorted waveform,etc. PLL is displayed and measurement is executed with a fixedclock.
■ Other functions
Display language switch Display language can be switched between Japanese andEnglish.
Display hold function Displayed values can be held by pressing the HOLD key.
Battery backup function Backs up settings and integrated measurement/demandmeasurement data.
Processing if power is lost Backs up settings and integrated measurement/demandmeasurement data if power is lost.
Key lock function Disables all keys, except for the power switch and the CHECKkey.
304────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.2 Measurement Range Organization Table────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Voltage
Current
Wiring mode
9291 CLAMP ON SENSOR
9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR
20.000 A 50.000 A 100.00 A 200.00 A 500.00 A
150.00 V
1-phase,2-wire1-phase,3-wire3-phase,3-wire,2-power3-phase,3-wire,3-power3-phase,4-wire
3.0000 kW6.00006.00006.00009.0000
7.5000 kW15.00015.00015.50022.500
15.000 kW30.00030.00030.00045.000
30.000 kW60.00060.00060.00090.000
75.000 kW150.00150.00150.00225.00
300.00 V
1-phase,2-wire1-phase,3-wire3-phase,3-wire,2-power3-phase,3-wire,3-power3-phase,4-wire
6.0000 kW12.00012.00012.00018.000
15.000 kW30.00030.00030.00045.000
30.000 kW60.00060.00060.00090.000
60.000 kW120.00120.00120.00180.00
150.00 kW300.00300.00300.00450.00
600.00 V
1-phase,2-wire1-phase,3-wire3-phase,3-wire,2-power3-phase,3-wire,3-power3-phase,4-wire
12.000 kW24.00024.00024.00036.000
30.000 kW60.00060.00060.00090.000
60.000 kW120.00120.00120.00180.00
120.00 kW240.00240.00240.00360.00
300.00 kW600.00600.00600.00900.00
000.000 Wh to 999.000 Wh
001.000 kWh to 999.999 kWh
001.000 MWh to 999.999 MWh
to 999999 MWh
NOTE
18.2 Measurement Range Organization Table
The following table shows the organization of the ranges for current, voltage,and power (active, reactive, and apparent).
* The Range Organization Table shows the full scale display value for eachmeasurement range.
* For the apparent power and reactive power measurement ranges, substitute"VA" or "var" for "W" as the unit in the table.
* The display value for input at 0.4% or less of the measurement range issuppressed to zero.
* The displayed measurement values for each range can go as high as 130% ofthe range.
The display ranges for the power integration are as follows:* Accuracy is guaranteed in the 20A-100A range for the 9298 sensor, and in all
ranges for the 9291 sensor.
For the apparent power and reactive power integration, substitute "VAh" or"varh" for "Wh" as the unit in each table.
305────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Table 2. Basic Calculation Formulas
Wiringsetting
Item1-phase, 2-wire
1-phase,3-wire
3-phase, 3-wire
3-phase, 4-wire2 voltage,2 current
2 voltage,3 current
VoltageU[rms]
U1 U1
U2
U1
U2
U1
U2
U1
U2
U3
CurrentI[Arms]
I1 I1
I2
I1
I2
I1
I2
I3
I1
I2
I3
ActivepowerP[W]
P1
P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2+P3
Q1
When not using thereactive power metermethod
Q1+Q2Reactivepower
Q[var] When using the reactivepower meter method Q1+Q2 Q1+Q2+Q3
S1
When not using thereactive power metermethod S1+S2 S1+S2+S3
Apparentpower
S[VA] When using the reactivepower meter method
(When P>S, P=S)
Powerfactor[λ]
18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations
Table 2 shows the calculation formulas used for voltage, current, power(active, reactive, apparent), and power factor.Table 3 shows the calculation formulas used for the power integration.
306────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations────────────────────────────────────────────────────
* U: Voltage between lines (phase voltage for 3-phase, 4-wire wiring); I: Linecurrent; Uave:Iave: Average voltage/average current; si: Lead/lag polarity, "+1"is lag, "-" is lead.
* u: measurement channel; M: number of samples; s: sample point number; m:number of samples per cycle (128 for 50/60 Hz, 16 for 400 Hz)
* Two different methods of calculating the reactive power can be selected. Thereare also two different methods for calculating the apparent power, dependingon how the reactive power is calculated.
* "si" is detected by the reactive power meter method.
307────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Table 3. Integration Calculation Formulas
Reactive power measurement
Display screen
When not using the reactivepower meter method
When using the reactivepower meter method
Integration 1/2 screen(basic)
Active power integration duringconsumption
+WP:Σ(+P)/h
Active power integration duringconsumption
+WP:Σ(+P)/h
Apparent power integration duringconsumption
WS:Σ(+S)/h
Lagging reactive power integration+WQ:Σ(+Q)/h
Reactive power integration duringconsumption
Apparent power integration duringconsumption
Integration 2/2screen (detailed)
Active power integration Consumption
:Σ(+P)/h
Active power integration Consumption
:Σ(+P)/h
Active power integration Regeneration
:Σ(-P)/h
Active power integration Regeneration
:Σ(-P)/h
Active power integration Addition:Σ(+P)/h+Σ(-P)/h
Active power integrationAddition
:Σ(+P)/h+Σ(-P)/h
Apparent power integration Consumption
:Σ(+S)/h
Reactive power integrationLag
:Σ(+Q)/h
Apparent power integration Regeneration
:Σ(-S)/h
Reactive power integrationLead
:Σ(-Q)/h
Apparent power integration Addition:Σ(+S)/h+Σ|-S|/h
Reactive power integrationTotal
:Σ(+Q)/h+Σ|-Q|/h
Reactive power integration (duringconsumption)
Apparent power integration(during consumption)
Demand screen
LoadfactorLF[%]
Average value within a time period ofthe Active power integration (consumption)(Pave)
Maximum demand value (Pavemax)×100
UsagefactorTLF[%]
Average value within a time period ofthe apparent power integration (consumption)(Save)
Transformer capacity setting×100
308────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations────────────────────────────────────────────────────
* The polarity sign for the active power P indicates the direction in which powerflows during consumption (P) and regeneration (-P).The polarity sign for the reactive power Q is indicated by "+Q" for a laggingpower factor and by "-Q" for a leading power factor.The polarity sign for the apparent power S is indicated by "+S" when powerconsumption occurs, and by "-S" when power regeneration occurs.
* "h" indicates elapsed time.* "Σ (+P)" etc., indicate the integrated power value from the start of integration
until the end of the elapsed period.* "|-S|" and "|-Q|" indicate absolute values.* The transformer capacity can be set as desired.* Because integration by the reactive power meter method is performed for both
polarities (lag and lead), consumption/regeneration power flows that occurduring integration are integrated with the value that has the same respectivepolarity.
309────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.4 Internal Block Diagram────────────────────────────────────────────────────
50/60 Hzfixed clock
PLLWaveformadjustment
Rangeamplifier
Rangeamplifier
Rangeamplifier
Photo-coupler
Rangeamplifier
A/D
A/D
A/D
Rangeamplifier
Photo-coupler
Rangeamplifier
Timingcontrol
Frequencymeasurement
Dual portRAM
Externalcontrol
FlashROM
BackupSRAM
WorkDRAM
Keybeep
Optional
Block Diagram
Photo-coupler
KEY
RTC
RS-232C
LCD
D/A
FD
CPU
18.4 Internal Block Diagram
An internal block diagram of the 3166 is shown below.
310────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.5 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Location for use Indoors, altitude up to 2000 m (6562 feet)
Rated primary current Up to 500 AAC / Up to 100 AAC
Rated secondary current Up to 500 mAAC / Up to 100 mAAC
Accuracy specifications assumptions 23℃±5℃ (73 F±9 F), 45 Hz to 66 Hz, used incombination with the 3166 CLAMP ON POWERHiTESTER
Secondary current oscillation accuracy ±0.5% rdg.±0.2%f.s."f.s." is assumed to be the current range set for the 3166.
Secondary current phase accuracy Within ±0.5 degree / 90 A or below: within ±1 above 90A but not exceeding 100 A: ±1.3
Oscillation frequency characteristics 66 Hz to 3 kHz, within ±1% (deviation from accuracy)
Effect of external magnetic fields Maximum of 0.1 A equivalent (in a 400 A/m AC field)
Effect of position of conductor Within ±0.5%
Maximum allowable input 550 / 130 A continuous at 45 to 66 Hz and 50℃
Withstand voltage 5.55 / 3.7 kVAC for 1 minuteBetween circuitry and case, or core and case
Maximum current voltage in circuitry 600 / 300 VrmsAC (insulated conductor)
Operating temperature and humidity range 0℃ to 50℃, 80% RH or less (no condensation)
Storage temperature and humidity range -10℃ to 60℃, 80% RH or less (no condensation)
Applicable standards Safety: EN61010-2-032:1995, EN61010-2-031:1994,pollution integration 2, overvoltage category III
Conductor diameter that can be measured φ46 mm (1.81") / φ15 mm (0.59")
Cord length 3 m (9.84 feet)
External dimensions 77 (W) × 151 (H) × 42 (D) mm (3.03" (W) × 5.95" (H) ×1.65" (D)) / 46 (W) × 135 (H) × 21 (D) mm (1.81" (W) ×5.32" (H) × 0.83" (D))
Mass Approx. 360 g (12.70 oz) / 230 g (8.1 oz)
Accessories Instruction Manual × 1Mark bands × 6 (2 each of red, yellow, blue)
18.5 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR Specifications
These specifications apply to the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR.The expressions "9291 Specifications / 9298 Specifications" and the likeindicate that different specifications are used.
311────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.6 9595 FDD UNIT Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.6.1 General Specifications
Storage temperature andhumidity range
-10℃ to 50℃ (50 F to 122 F), 80% RH or less (no condensation)
Operating temperature andhumidity range
5℃ to 40℃ (41 F to 104 F), 80% RH or less (no condensation)
Power supply Power is supplied by the 3166.
External dimensions 240 (W) × 33 (H) × 170 (D) mm(9.45" (W) × 1.30" (H) × 6.69" (D))(excludes cables and projections)
Mass Approx. 740g (26.10 oz)
18.6.2 Specifications
Compatible media 3.5-inch 2HD floppy disks (1.2MB/1.44MB)
Format Format: (MS-DOS* format)*"MS-DOS" is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
Data that can be saved
1. Setting conditions2. Measured values
Can save all setting conditions set in the 3166.Can save data on voltage, current, active power, reactive power,apparent power, power factor, frequency, active powerintegration, reactive power integration, apparent powerintegration, maximum values, minimum values, time data, andharmonic analysis data.
18.6.3 Functions
Functions that can be usedwhen connected to the 3166
Saving and loading settingsSaving measured valuesOutputting measured values (to a printer for direct printing)Initializing floppy disksChanging file names and deleting files
18.6 9595 FDD UNIT Specifications
These specifications apply to the 9595 FDD UNIT.
312────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.6 9595 FDD UNIT Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────
18.6.4 Miscellaneous
18.6.5 Accessories
Accessories Instruction manual × 1Mounting screws × 4
Because the 9595 FDD UNIT is an option designed specifically for the 3166,items not noted here are covered by the specifications for the 3166.
APPENDIX 1────────────────────────────────────────────────────
────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
APP
IND
Appendix
APPENDIX 2────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 1 Error Messages────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Message Remedy
Floppy disk-related
File names cannot include spaces. Do not use spaces in file names.
Saving data. Data is in the process of being saved to the floppy disk.Wait for a few moments.
Save completed.Data is saved to the floppy disk.(The date and time at which the data was saved is alsodisplayed.)
Disk is write-protected. The floppy disk is write-protected; release the write-protection in order to save data on the disk.
File error. For an unknown reason, the floppy disk save/load operationcould not be performed. Execute the operation again.
9595 FDD unit not connected. The 9595 FDD UNIT is not connected.
Could not open file.For an unknown reason, the specified file could not beopened. Execute the operation again. Confirm that a floppydisk has been properly inserted.
File is not exist. The setting file or measurement file does not exist on thefloppy disk.
File error occurred. Cannot outputdata.
This message is displayed when data could not be outputbecause an error occurred in either the setting data file orthe measurement data file.
File already exist.This message is displayed when the file name was changedto the name of a file that already exists. Set a different filename.
Setting screen-related
Can’t alter settings when measuringor with data in memory.
When changing the settings, first perform a data reset on themeasurement screen.
Can’t alter settings while holding. When changing the settings, first release the hold condition.
Can’t alter settings with keylock on. When changing the settings, first release the key lockcondition.
Can’t alter settings in standby.When changing the settings, first terminate the measurementprocess and then perform a data reset. Note that althoughthe "print/save items" and the "FD auto output" setting canbe changed, additional integration will not be possible.
Measurement screen-related
Measurement data was reset. This message is displayed when the data was cleared bypressing the DATA RESET key.
Can’t return unless the hold isreleased.
Release the hold and then execute the operation beforereturning to the "initial" screen.
Can’t return without performing adata reset.
Perform a data reset before returning to the "initial" screen.
Integration start/stop times areinvalid.
The integration start/stop times are in the past comparedtime. Can’t start integrated measurement.
Can’t start integrated measurement. Integrated measurement cannot start (because integrationhas ended).
Appendix 1 Error Messages
APPENDIX 3────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 1 Error Messages────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
APP
IND
Message Remedy
OK to stop integration? This inquiry appears when stopping integrated measurement.
Integrated measurement ended.This message appears when integrated measurement endedat the set time.(Displayed when additional integration is not possible.)
Will end according to timer. This message is displayed when integrated measurement isto end after the time set by the timer.
Additional integration permitted.This message is displayed when there are still integratedvalues remaining in integrated measurement. If additionalintegration is not to be performed, execute a data resetbefore starting the next measurement.
Can’t return without stoppingintegration and resetting the data.
This warning is displayed when the RETURN key waspressed while integrated measurement was still in progress.Stop measurement and execute a data reset beforereturning to the "initial" screen.
OK to stop demand measurement? This inquiry appears when stopping demand measurement.
Invalid demand start time. The set start time is in the past compared to the currenttime. Reset the start time as a future time.
Can’t return without stoppingdemand measurement and resettingthe data.
This warning is displayed when the RETURN key waspressed while demand measurement was still in progress.Stop measurement and execute a data reset beforereturning to the initial screen.
Can’t start demand measurement.There is still data from the last measurement stored inmemory. Before starting demand measurement, press theDATA RESET key to clear the data.
A power failure occurred.This warning is displayed when a power failure occurred.(If a printer is connected, the date and time is output.If aprinter is connected, the date and time is output.)
Interface-related
Please set RS-232C connection toprinter.
When outputting data to the printer, set "printer" as thedevice connected to the RS-232C interface.
Use numbers, hyphens and commato input TEL numbers.
Input telephone numbers in a format such as "0268-28-0575". ("0268280575" is also permissible.)
Use letters, numbers and symbolsfor input.
Other message
Executing a system reset restoresall of the factory settings.
Except for the data and time settings when the power meteris shipped from the factory.
NOTE This message disappears when a key is pressed.
APPENDIX 4────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2.1 List of Commands
Command Data format( ): number of data items Explanation Page
:AVERaging NR1 numeric data (1) Display average time setting. 170
:AVERaging? Display average time query. 170
:BACKlight [ON/OFF/AUTO] Backlight setting. 171
:BACKlight? Backlight setting query. 171
:BEEPer [ON/OFF] Key beep on or off setting. 172
:BEEPer? Key beep setting query. 172
:CLOCk NR1 numeric data (6) Real time (system) clock setting. 173
:CLOCk? Real time (system) clock query. 173
:CONTrast NR1 numeric data (1) Contrast setting. 174
:CONTrast? Contrast setting query. 174
:CURRent? Current range setting valuequery.
175
:CURRent
:AUTO [ON/OFF] Current auto range setting. 176
:AUTO? Current auto range setting query. 176
:RANGe NR1 numeric data (1) Current range setting. 177
:RANGe? Current range setting query. 177
:DEMand
:AUTO [Any four items] Characterdata
Demand measurement D/A outputitem setting.
178
:AUTO? Demand measurement D/A outputitem query.
178
:AOUT
:RATE Demand measurement integratedoutput rate setting.
179
:RATE? NR1 numeric data (1) Demand measurement integratedoutput rate query.
179
:DATAout
:FD [ON/OFF] Demand measurement FDautomatic output setting.
180
:FD? Demand measurement FDautomatic output query.
180
Appendix 2 List of Commands
APPENDIX 5────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
APP
IND
Command Data format( ): number of data items Explanation Page
:FILEname Demand measurement FD outputfile name setting.
181
:FILEname? [File name] Character data Demand measurement FD outputfile name query.
181
:ITEM NR1 numeric data (4) Demand print/save item setting. 182
:ITEM? Demand print/save item query. 182
:STARt No present Demand measurement start indemand measurement mode.
183
:STARt
:TIME NR1 numeric data (5) Demand measurement start timesetting.
184
:TIME? Demand measurement start timequery.
184
:STATE? No present Demand measurement statusquery.
184
:STOP No present Demand measurement stop indemand measurement mode.
185
:STOP
:TIME NR1 numeric data (5) Demand measurement stop timesetting.
186
:TIME? Demand measurement stop timequery.
186
:TIME NR1 numeric data (1) Demand time setting. 187
:TIME? Demand time query. 187
:TRANs NR3 numeric data (1) Transformer capacity setting. 185
:TRANs? Transformer capacity query. 185
:DISPlay? Displayed screen query. 189
:DISPlay
:DEMand NR1 numeric data (1) Demand measurement modedisplay.
190
:INTEgrate NR1 numeric data (1) Integrated measurement modedisplay.
191
:NORMal NR1 numeric data (1) Normal measurement modedisplay.
192
:INItial No present Initial screen display. 193
:DRESet No present Data reset execution. 193
APPENDIX 6────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Command Data format( ): number of data items Explanation Page
:FREQuency Measurement line frequencysetting.
194
:FREQuency? Measurement line frequencysetting query.
194
:HEADer [ON/OFF] Header setting. 195
:HEADer? Header setting query. 195
:HOLD [ON/OFF] Display hold setting. 196
:HOLD? Display hold setting query. 196
:INTEgrate
:AOUT [Any four items] Characterdata
Integrated measurement D/Aoutput item setting.
197
:AOUT? Integrated measurement D/Aoutput item query.
197
:AOUT
:RATE NR1 numeric data (1) Integrated measurement D/Aoutput rate setting.
198
:RATE? Integrated measurement D/Aoutput rate query.
198
:DATAout
:FD [ON/OFF] Integrated measurement mode FDautomatic output setting.
199
:FD? Integrated measurement mode FDautomatic output query.
199
:FILEname [File name] Character data Integrated measurement FDoutput file name setting.
200
:FILEname? Integrated measurement FDoutput file name query.
200
:ITEM NR1 numeric data (3) Integrated measurementprint/save item setting.
201
:ITEM? Integrated measurementprint/save item query.
201
:INTerval NR1 numeric data (2) Output interval setting. 202
:INTerval? Output interval query. 202
:STARt No present Integrated measurement start inintegrated measurement mode.
203
:STARt
:METHod [MANUAL/TIME] Integrated measurement startmethod setting.
204
:METHod? Integrated measurement startmethod query.
204
APPENDIX 7────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Command Data format( ): number of data items Explanation Page
:TIME NR1 numeric data (5) Integrated measurement starttime setting.
205
:TIME? Integrated measurement starttime query.
205
:STATe? Integrated measurement statequery.
206
:STOP Integrated measurement stop inintegrated measurement mode.
206
:STOP
:METHod [MANUAL/TIME/TIMER] Integrated measurement stopmethod setting.
207
:METHod? Integrated measurement stopmethod query.
207
:TIME NR1 numeric data (5) Integrated measurement stoptime setting.
208
:TIME? Integrated measurement stoptime query.
208
:TIMEr NR1 numeric data (3) Integrated timer setting. 209
:TIMEr? Integrated timer query. 209
:KLOCk [ON/OFF] Key lock execution. 210
:KLOCk? Key lock execution query. 210
:MEASure
:DEMand
:INSTant? NR1 numeric data (2) Demand measurementinstantaneous data query.
211
:DEMand? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement demanddata query.
212
:DAYly? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement mode dailyreport data query.
216
:WEEKly? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement modeweekly report data query.
216
:MONthly? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement modemonthly report data query.
216
:INTEgrate? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement modeintegrated data query.
216
APPENDIX 8────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Command Data format( ): number of data items Explanation Page
:INTEgrate? NR1 numeric data (13) Integrated measurement dataquery.
217
:NORMal? NR1 numeric data (10) Normal measurement data query. 220
:NORMal
:AOUT [Any four items] Characterdata
Normal measurement D/A outputitem setting.
222
:AOUT? Normal measurement D/A outputitem query.
222
:DATAout
:FILEname [file name] Character data Normal measurement FD outputfile name setting.
223
:FILEname? Normal measurement FD outputfile name query.
223
:ITEM NR1 numeric data (2) Normal measurement modeprint/save item setting.
224
:ITEM? Normal measurement modeprint/save item query.
224
:OPERationvar [ON/OFF] Reactive power operation methodsetting.
225
:OPERationvar? Reactive power meter methodsetting query.
225
:RESEt No present System reset execution. 226
:SAMPling [PLL/CLOCK] Sampling method setting. 227
:SAMPling? Sampling method setting query. 227
:SCALe
:CT NR3 numeric data (1) CT ratio setting. 228
:CT? CT ratio setting query. 228
:PT NR3 numeric data (1) PT ratio setting. 229
:PT? PT ratio setting query. 229
:SOURce [U1/I1] PLL synchronization, frequencymeasurement source setting.
230
:SOURce? PLL synchronization, frequencymeasurement source query.
230
:TRANsmit
:SEParator NR1 numeric data (1) Separator setting. 231
:SEParator? Separator setting query. 231
:TERMinator NR1 numeric data (1) Delimiter setting. 232
:TERMinator? Delimiter query. 232
APPENDIX 9────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Command Data format( ): number of data items Explanation Page
:VOLTage? Voltage range setting value query. 233
:VOLTage
:AUTO [ON/OFF] Voltage auto range setting. 234
:AUTO? Voltage auto range setting query. 234
:RANGe NR1 numeric data (1) Voltage range setting. 235
:RANGe? Voltage range setting query. 235
:WIRing NR1 numeric data (1) Wiring method setting. 236
:WIRing? Wiring method setting query. 236
APPENDIX 10────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2.2 Hierarchical Organization of Commands
:AVERaging
:AVERaging?
:BACKlight
:BACKlight?
:BEEPer
:BEEPer?
:CLOCk
:CONTrast
:CONTrast?
:CURRent?
:CURRent
:DEMand
:AUTO
:AUTO?
:RANGe
:RANGe?
:AOUT
:AOUT?
:AOUT
:DATAout
:STARt
:STARt
:STATe?
:RATE
:RATE?
:FD
:FD?
:FILEname
:FILEname?
:ITEM
:ITEM?
:TIME
:TIME?
APPENDIX 11────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
:DISPlay?
:DISPlay
:DRESet
:FREQuency
:FREQuency?
:HEADer
:HEADer?
:HOLD
:HOLD?
:INTEGrate
:STOP
:STOP
:TIME
:TIME?
:TRANs
:TRANs?
:DEMand
:INTEgrate
:NORMal
:lINItial
:AOUT
:AOUT?
:AOUT
:DATAout
:RATE
:RATE?
:FD
:FD?
:FILEname
:FILEname?
:ITEM
:ITEM?
:TIME
:TIME?
APPENDIX 12────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
:KLOCk
:KLOCk?
:MEASure
:NORMal
:INTerval
:INTerval?
:STARt
:STARt
:STATe?
:STOP
:STOP
:TIMEr
:TIMEr?
:DEMand
:INTEgrate?
:NORMal?
:AOUT
:AOUT?
:DATAout
:METHod
:METHod?
:TIME
:TIME?
:METHod
:METHod?
:TIME
:TIME?
:INSTant?
:DEMand?
:DAYly?
:WEEKly?
:MONthly?
:INTEgrate?
:FILEname
:FILEname?
:ITEM
:ITEM?
APPENDIX 13────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
:OPERationvar
:OPERationvar?
:RESEt
:SAMPling
:SAMPling?
:SCALe
:SOURce
:SOURce?
:TRANsmit
:VOLTage?
:VOLTage
:WIRing
:WIRing?
:CT
:CT?
:PT
:PT?
:SEParator
:SEParator?
:TERMinator
:TERMinator?
:AUTO
:AUTO?
:RANGe
:RANGe?
APPENDIX 14────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2.3 Valid Commands for Each Status
Valid Commands for Each
Initial screen Menu screen when the power is turned on.
Setting mode Setting mode screen.
FD mode Floppy Disk mode screen.
Normal Measurement mode
Continue Measurement mode status in Normal Measurementmode.
HOLD Hold function in use (H mark is displayed).
Wiring check Incorrect wiring check screen.
Setting Setting screen for Normal Measurement mode.
Integrated measurement mode
Continue,while integratedmeasurement is in progress
Either waiting for the integrated measurement start keyto be pressed, or integrated measurement is inprogress.
Hold, while integrated measurement is in progress
Hold function is being used in the above state (H markis displayed).
Continue, while integratedmeasurement is stopped
Either integrated measurement has been stopped orhas ended.
Hold, while integratedmeasurement is stopped
Hold function is being used in the above state (H markis displayed).
Wiring check Incorrect wiring check screen.
Setting Setting screen for Integrated Measurement mode.
Demand measurement mode
Continue, while demandmeasurement is in progress
Either waiting for the demand measurement start keyto be pressed, or demand measurement is inprogress.
Hold, while demand measurementis in progress
Hold function is being used in the above state (H markis displayed).
Continue, while demandmeasurement is stopped
Demand measurement has ended.
Hold, while demand measurementis stopped
Hold function is being used in the above state (H markis displayed).
Wiring check Incorrect wiring check screen.
Setting Setting.
● Can be executed.
- Cannot be executed.
Partly A device-dependent error results while integratedmeasurement or demand measurement is in progress.
APPENDIX 15────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
: Continue/ : HOLD/ : Wiring/ : Setting
Condition
Command
Initialscreen
Settingmode/
FDmode
Normalmeasurement
mode
Integrated measurementmode Demand measurement mode
Integration Demand
RUN STOP RUN STOP
:AVERaging ● ● ● ● ● ● ー ー ● ● Partly Partly ー ー ● ● Partly Partly
:AVERaging? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:BACKlight ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:BACKlight? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:BEEPer ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:BEEPer? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:CLOCk ● ● - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
:CLOCk? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:CONTrast ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:CONTrast? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:CURRent? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:CURRent
:AUTO ● ● ● - Partly - - - ● - Partly - - - ● - Partly -
:AUTO? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Partly
:RANGe ● ● ● - Partly - - - ● - Partly - - - ● - Partly -
:RANGe? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:DEMand
:AUTO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly
:AUTO? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:AOUT
:RATE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly
:RATE? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:DATAout
:FD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly
:FD? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:FILEname ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly
:FILEname? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
APPENDIX 16────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
: Continue/ : HOLD/ : Wiring/ : Setting
Condition
Command
Initialscreen
Settingmode/
FDmode
Normalmeasurement
mode
Integrated measurementmode Demand measurement mode
Integration Demand
RUN STOP RUN STOP
:ITEM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly
:ITEM? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:STARt - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ● ● - Partly
:STARt
:TIME ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly
:TIME? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:STATe? - - - - - - - - - - - - ● ● ● ● ● ●
:STOP - - - - - - - - - - - - ● ● - - - Partly
:STOP
:TIME ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly
:TIME? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:TIME ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly
:TIME? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:TRANs ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly
:TRANs? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:DISPlay? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:DISPlay
:DEMand ● ● ● - Partly Partly - - ● ● Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●
:INTEgrate ● ● ● - Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● ● Partly Partly
:NORMal ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● ● Partly Partly - - ● ● Partly Partly
:INItial ● ● ● - Partly Partly - - ● ● Partly Partly - - ● ● Partly Partly
:DRESet - - ● ● - - - - ● ● - - - - ● ● - -
:FREQuency ● ● ● - Partly Partly - - ● - - Partly - - ● ● ● Partly
:FREQuency? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:HEADer ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:HEADer? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:HOLD - - ● ● - - ● ● ● ● - - ● ● ● ● - -
:HEADer? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
APPENDIX 17────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
: Continue/ : HOLD/ : Wiring/ : Setting
Condition
Command
Initialscreen
Settingmode/
FDmode
Normalmeasurement
mode
Integrated measurementmode Demand measurement mode
Integration Demand
RUN STOP RUN STOP
:INTEgrate
:AOUT ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●
:AOUT? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:AOUT
:RATE ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●
:RATE? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:DATAout
:FD ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●
:FD? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:FILEname ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●
:FILEname? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:ITEM ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●
:ITEM? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:INTerval ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●
:INTerval? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:STARt - - - - - - - - ● ● - Partly - - - - - -
:STARt
:METHod ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●
:METHod? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:TIME ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●
:TIME? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:STATe? - - - - - - ● ● ● ● ● ● - - - - - -
:STOP - - - - - - ● ● - - - Partly - - - - - -
:STOP
:METHod ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●
:METHod? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:TIME ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● ● Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●
:TIME? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:TIMEr ● ● ● ● ● ● - - ● - Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●
:TIMEr? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
APPENDIX 18────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
: Continue/ : HOLD/ : Wiring/ : Setting
Condition
Command
Initialscreen
Settingmode/
FDmode
Normalmeasurement
mode
Integrated measurementmode Demand measurement mode
Integration Demand
RUN STOP RUN STOP
:KLOCk - - ● ● - - ● ● ● ● - - ● ● ● ● - -
:KLOCk? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:MEASure
:DEMand
:INSTant? - - - - - - - - - - - - ● ● ● ● - -
:DEMand? - - - - - - - - - - - - ● ● ● ● - -
:DAYly - - - - - - - - - - - - ● ● ● ● - -
:WEEKly? - - - - - - - - - - - - ● ● ● ● - -
:MONthly? - - - - - - - - - - - - ● ● ● ● - -
:INTEgrate? - - - - - - - - - - - - ● ● ● ● - -
:INTEgrate? - - - - - - ● ● ● ● - - - - - - - -
:NORMal? - - ● ● - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
:NORMal
:AOUT ● ● ● - - - ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:AOUT? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:DATAout
:FILEname ● ● ● - - - ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:FILEname? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:ITEM ● ● ● - - - ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:ITEM? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:OPERationvar ● ● ● - - - - - ● - - Partly - - ● - - Partly
:OPERationvar? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:RESEt ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:SAMPling ● ● ● - - Partly - - ● - - Partly - - ● - - Partly
:SAMPling? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
APPENDIX 19────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
: Continue/ : HOLD/ : Wiring/ : Setting
Condition
Command
Initialscreen
Settingmode/
FDmode
Normalmeasurement
mode
Integrated measurementmode Demand measurement mode
Integration Demand
RUN STOP RUN STOP
:SCALe
:CT ● ● ● - - Partly - - ● - - Partly - - ● - - Partly
:CT? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:PT ● ● ● - - Partly - - ● - - Partly - - ● - - Partly
:PT? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:SOURce ● ● ● - - Partly - - ● - - Partly - - ● - - Partly
:SOURce? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:TRANsmit
:SEParator ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:SEParator? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:TERMinator ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:TERMinator? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:VOLTage? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:VOLTage?
:AUTO ● ● ● - Partly - - - ● - Partly - - - ● - Partly -
:AUTO? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:RANGe ● ● ● - Partly - - - ● - Partly - - - ● - Partly -
:RANGe? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
:WIRing ● ● ● - - - - - ● - - - - - ● - - -
:WIRing? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
APPENDIX 20────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 2.4 Chart of Initialization Items
Initialization method Power on System reset
RS-232C setting × ○
Device-specific functions(range, etc.)
× ○
Output queue ○ ○
Input buffer ○ ○
Current path ○ ○
Header ON/OFF × ○
Response message delimiter × ○
Response message separator × ○
APPENDIX 21────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration, and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead and Lag────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 3.1 Active Power
NOTE
Appendix 3.2 Reactive Power
Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration,
and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead
and Lag
In the 3166, the polarity of active power is positive ("+") for consumptionpower and negative ("-") for regeneration power. The phase difference of thecurrent versus the voltage for consumption power ranges from -90。 to +90。,and for regeneration power ranges from -180。 to -90。 and from +90。 to +180。.Of the types of power mentioned above, only the data for consumption poweris added for the consumption power integration +WP. Similarly, only the datafor regeneration power is added for -WP. ΣWP indicates the total powerintegration, balancing consumption and regeneration.
Normally, power that is supplied (consumed) flows from the power supply tothe load, but in equipment that uses a motor for motive power (such as anelevator), power sometimes returns to the power supply (is regenerated) whenthe load is light, etc.
This power meter permits selection of one of two measurement methods forreactive power.
a.Not using the reactive power meter method
This method, used in most power meters, derives the reactive power indirectlyfrom calculations based on direct measurements of active power and apparentpower (the product of the real values for voltage and current, includingharmonic wave components). Therefore, in cases where the composition of theharmonic wave components included in the voltage and current differs, thepolarity only is determined through the reactive power method. For laggingphases, "+" is added; for leading phases, "-" is added. The phase difference ofthe current versus the voltage for consumption power ranges from 0。 to +180。
for both lagging and leading phases, respectively.b. Using the reactive power meter method
This method measures the reactive power directly, in the same manner asreactive power meters that are installed at the locations of high-demand powerconsumers. Using this method eliminates the effects of an imbalance orasymmetry between lines being measured. In addition, measurement valuesare calculated using only those voltage and current components that are of thesame frequency.The polarity is the same as when not using the reactive power meter method.
APPENDIX 22────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration, and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead and Lag────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Input Waveform Sine Wave
Reference Differences in measured valuesNote that some voltage and current waveforms will yield different results forreactive power and power factor measurements when each of themeasurement methods described above is selected.
・When the voltage and current waveforms are both sine waves (or haveidentical waveforms)In the case of a sine wave such as that shown in the diagram, only the basewave is present, so the same measured values will be obtained, regardless ofwhich measurement method is used.
・When the voltage waveform is a sine wave and the current waveform is aunique distorted waveform (There are harmonic wave components in thecurrent.)In the case of a sine wave such as that shown in the diagram, using thereactive power meter method will yield a small reactive power value and alarge (good) power factor.This difference arises as a result of the principles described below.When the reactive power meter method is not used, in order to determine thereactive power (var1), the apparent power (VA1) derived from the product ofthe actual current and voltage values includes not only the base wavecomponent but also the harmonic wave components. The power factor in thiscase is labelled λ1.Conversely, when using the reactive power meter method, only components ofthe same frequency appear as measured values because the reactive power isdetermined directly, like the active power (P). Therefore, in this example, thecurrent waveform has many harmonic wave components, and the reactivepower (var2) of the component that has the same frequency as the voltage (i.e.,just the base wave) is smaller than that measured by the method describedabove. Because the apparent power (VA2) derived from this P and var2 is alsosmaller as a result, the power factor (λ2) increases, since it is derived fromthe ratio of the active power and the apparent power.
var1 > var2VA1 > VA2λ1 < λ2
APPENDIX 23────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration, and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead and Lag────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Input Waveform Current is Distorted
APPENDIX 24────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration, and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead and Lag────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 3.3 Power Factor
90゜
0゜
180゜
90゜
LAG(Lag)LEAD(Lead)
Active power
[+P][+WP]
Reactivepower
[Qー][ーWQ]
Powerfactor
[ー]
Active power
[ー P][ーWP]
Reactivepower
[Q+][+WQ]
Powerfactor
[+]
Consum
ptionR
egeneration
Phase Relationship between Voltage and Current
Regardless of whether the reactive power meter method is used or not, thepower factor is derived from calculations based on direct measurements ofactive power and apparent power. The polarity for lagging phases is unsigned;for leading phases, "-" is added.Note that this polarity is determined by the reactive power polarity arederived through the reactive power meter method.
APPENDIX 25────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 4 Sampling in the 3166────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 4 Sampling in the 3166
This power meter uses two cycles (when measuring at 50/60 Hz; 16 cycleswhen measuring at 400 Hz) as one sample and takes measurements bycontinuously performing various calculations on the data (without losing thewaveform). This data is displayed intermittently, depending on the displayupdate rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, theminimum/maximum values are displayed by finding the minimum andmaximum values in all of the continuously measured sample values.Because all of the continuously measured sample value data is integrated forthe integrated values in Integrated Measurement mode and DemandMeasurement mode, even transient waveforms can be measured.In Normal Measurement mode the D/A output continuously outputs all of thecontinuously measured sample values.Therefore, even transient changes in the input waveform generated by a powerspike, for example, will be faithfully detected or output.In Integrated Measurement or Demand Measurement mode, however, the D/Aoutput follows the display update rate.
APPENDIX 26────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 4 Sampling in the 3166────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Instantaneousvaluemeasurement
Minimum/maximumvalue detection
Display Display
Input
Integratedvalue
NormalMeasurementmode
IntegratedMeasurementmode/DemandMeasurementmode
Approximately 1 second
Integrated/Demandmeasure
Display
Instantaneousvalue display
Approximately 1 second
Effective value calculation Effective value calculation Effective value calculation
Two cycles
Power calculation Power calculation Power calculation
D/A output
Output Output Output
Output Output Output
Sampling
APPENDIX 27────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 5 Screen Configuration────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Initial screen
Execute
ReturnExecute
Return
FD
Setup Function setup1/2
Next page
Previous page
Functionsetup 2/2
Return
Execute Execute Execute
Normalmeasurement
Instantaneousvalues
Minimum/maximum
F1
Return Return Return
Check Check CheckNormal measurem-ent setup screen 1/2
Nextpage
Previo-us page
Normal measurem-ent setup screen 2/2
Wiring diagram
Wiring check
Integrated measurem-ent setup screen 1/2
Integratedmeasurement
Screen switching
Instantaneous ValuesMinimum/maximumIntegration 1/2
Integration 2/2
Demandmeasurement
Nextpage
Previo-us page
Integrated measurem-ent setup screen 2/2
Wiring diagram
Wiring check
Demand Measurem-ent setup screen 1/2
Demand measurem-ent setup screen 2/2
Nextpage
Previo-us page
Item changing
Wiring diagram
Wiring check
Page changing
11
Instantaneous values
Integrated values
Demand
Daily Report
Weekly Report
Monthly Report
Minimum/maximum, Integration 1/2, Integration 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Demand 1/2, Demand 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Daily Report 1/2, Daily Report 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Weekly Report 1/2, Weekly Report 2/2
Minimum/maximum, Monthly Report 1/2, Monthly Report 2/211
Appendix 5 Screen Configuration
APPENDIX 28────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 6 Packing the 3166 in the 9383 Carrying Case────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Voltage cord
Instruction manualIndication window
FD output port
*Fix to belt afterattached.
3166,9595
Clamp on sensors
Packing the 3166 Into the Carrying Case
NOTE
Appendix 6 Packing the 3166 in the 9383 Carrying Case
The optional 9383 CARRYING CASE is useful when you need to carry the3166 and take measurements in the field. The carrying case can accommodatethe 3166 with the 9595 FDD UNIT attached, three 9291 CLAMP ONSENSOR, the 9438 VOLTAGE CORD, the instruction manual, and otheritems.The carrying case includes a window that allows you to read the displayscreen without needing to remove the 3166 from its carrying case. A side flapalso allows you to insert and remove floppy disks.
Reference When putting the 3166 with the 9595 FDD UNIT attached into the carryingcase, remove the sponge padding from the carrying case.
・The carrying case is not designed to be waterproof or dustproof. Do not usethe carrying case under dusty or wet conditions.・Gently wipe dirt from the surface of the 3166 to the carrying case unit with
a soft cloth moistened with a small amount of water or mild detergent. Donot try to clean the unit using cleaners containing organic solvents such asbenzine, alcohol, acetone, ether, ketones, thinners, or gasoline. They maycause discoloration or damage.
APPENDIX 29────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 7 Glossary of Terms────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 7 Glossary of Terms
RMS:
Root Mean Square value for a voltage or current waveform. This value is usedto represent the size of an AC signal. Because the 3166 converts waveformdata to a digital signal before performing this operation, even distorted signalscan be measured accurately.
CT:
Current Transformer. When measuring strong current, the currenttransformer is used to reduce the current to an appropriate level beforesupplying it to the power meter.
CT ratio:
This ratio is used to convert the current value on the secondary side of the CTto the primary side.
PT:
Potential Transformer. When measuring high voltage, the potentialtransformer is used to reduce the voltage to an appropriate level beforesupplying it to the power meter.
PT ratio:
This ratio is used to convert the voltage value on the secondary side of the PTto the primary side.
Chattering:
When a relay contact closes, chattering is a phenomenon in which the contactdoes not close right away but quickly opens and closes repeatedly.
PLL:
Phase Locked Loop. Synchronization is attained with the base wavecomponent of the signal being measured, and the signal is constantly sampledat 256 points over two cycles.
D/A output:
Although this is also generally known as analog output, the 3166 is a digitalsampling power meter, and therefore all measured values are processeddigitally. Therefore, the analog output is derived from digital data that isconverted into analog signals.
APPENDIX 30────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 8 Printout Samples────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Date and time of printout
Instantaneous values(voltage, current, power)
Maximum values(voltage, current, power)* These are the maximum values(and the date and time at which theywere generated) for the instantaneousvalues, from the time when the DataReset key was pressed until the timeof printing.
Minimum values(voltage, current, power)
* These are the minimum values(and the date and time at which theywere generated) for the instantaneousvalues, from the time when the DataReset key was pressed until the timeof printing.
Appendix 8 Printout Samples
(1) Normal Measurement mode (All items)
APPENDIX 31────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 8 Printout Samples────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Date and time of printout
Date and time of start of integratedmeasurement
Integration time
Integrated power* These are the total integrated
values, from the start of integrationuntil the time of printing.
Average value within a time period* These are the average values during
the integration period, derived from theintegrated power indicated above.
Output at the next interval time* The setting of each item is the same
as for the previous time.
(2) Integrated Measurement mode (Integrated power and average value within a timeperiod)
APPENDIX 32────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 8 Printout Samples────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Date and time of printout
Date and time of start of demandmeasurement
Demand count* This example shows the data for the
second demand measurement.
Integrated power* These are the integrated values,
during the set demand period sincethe start of integration.
Average value within a time period* These are the average values during
the demand period, derived from theintegrated power indicated above.
Output at the next (third) demand period* The setting of each item is the same
as for the previous time.
(3) Demand Measurement mode
Demand measurement (Integrated power and average value within a timeperiod)
APPENDIX 33────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 8 Printout Samples────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Date and time of printout
Date and time of start of demand measurement
Daily report output count* This example shows the data for the first
daily report.
Instantaneous values at the time of printing(voltage, current, and power)
Integrated power* These are the total integrated values,
from the start of demand measurement untilthe end (one day).
Maximum demand values and thedate and time at which they occurred* In the case of integrated measurement,
daily reports, weekly reports, andmonthly reports, the maximum demandvalue generated during that period isoutput here, along with the date and timeat which that maximum was generated.
Average value within a time period* These are the average values
during the one-day period, derivedfrom the integrated power indicatedabove.
Daily report (Instantaneous value, integrated power, and average value withina time period)
APPENDIX 34────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 8 Printout Samples────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Version numberDate and time of printout
Setting condition
NOTE
(4) Setting condition
If kanji were used in file names, they will not be printed out properly unless aprinter that supports kanji is used.
APPENDIX 35────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Data header Contents Unit Data output condition
Date andtime of output
OUTPUT DATE FDD data output date
OUTPUT TIME FDD data output time
DEMANDSTART DATE
Demand start date
DEMANDSTART TIME
Demand start time
Instantaniousvoltagevalues
U1 Effective voltage valueCH1
V 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w
U2 Effective voltage valueCH2
V 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w
U3 Effective voltage valueCH3
V 3p4w
UaveEffective voltage valueAverage value of chanelsbetween 1 to 3
V 3p4w
Instantaniouscurrentvalues
I1 Effective current valueCH1
A 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i,3p4w
I2 Effective current valueCH2
A 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i, 3p4w
I3 Effective current valueCH3
A 3p3w3i, 3p4w
IaveEffective current valueAverage value of chanelsbetween 1 to 3
A 3p3w3i, 3p4w
Instantaniouspower values
P Active power W
Q Reactive power var
S Apparent power VA
PF Power factor
F Frequency Hz
Maximumvoltagevalues
U1max CH1 V 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w
U1max DATE Date of generation display
U1max TIME Time of generation display
U2max CH2 V 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w
U2max DATE Date of generation display
U2max TIME Time of generation display
U3max CH3 V 3p4w
U3max DATE Date of generation display
U3max TIME Time of generation display
Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk
APPENDIX 36────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Maximumcurrentvalues
I1max CH1 A 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i,3p4w
I1max DATE Date of generation display
I1max TIME Time of generation display
I2max CH2 A 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i, 3p4w
I2max DATE Date of generation display
I2max TIME Time of generation display
I3max CH3 A 3p3w3i, 3p4w
I3max DATE Date of generation display
I3max TIME Time of generation display
Maximumpower values
Pmax Active power W
Pmax DATE Date of generation display
Pmax TIME Time of generation display
Qmax Reactive power (LAG) var
Qmax DATE Date of generation display
Qmax TIME Time of generation display
Q-max Reactive power (LEAD) var
Q-max DATE Date of generation display
Q-max TIME Time of generation display
Smax Apparent power VA
Smax DATE Date of generation display
Smax TIME Time of generation display
PFmax Power factor (LAG)
PFmax DATE Date of generation display
PFmax TIME Time of generation display
PF-max Power factor (LEAD)
PF-max DATE Date of generation display
PF-max TIME Time of generation display
Fmax Frequency Hz
Fmax DATE Date of generation display
Fmax TIME Time of generation display
Minimumvoltage value
U1min CH1 V 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w
U1min DATE Date of generation display
U1min TIME Time of generation display
U2min CH2 V 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w
U2min DATE Date of generation display
U2min TIME Time of generation display
U3min CH3 V 3p4w
U3min DATE Date of generation display
U3min TIME Time of generation display
APPENDIX 37────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Minimumcurrent value
I1min CH1 V 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 1p3p3i,3p4w
I1min DATE Date of generation display
I1min TIME Time of generation display
I2min CH2 V 1p3w, 3p3w, 1p3p3i, 3p4w
I2min DATE Date of generation display
I2min TIME Time of generation display
I3min CH3 V 1p3p3i, 3p4w
I3min DATE Date of generation display
I3min TIME Time of generation display
Minimumpower values
Pmin Active power W
Pmin DATE Date of generation display
Pmin TIME Time of generation display
Qmin Reactive power (LAG) var
Qmin DATE Date of generation display
Qmin TIME Time of generation display
Q-min Reactive power (LEAD) var
Q-min DATE Date of generation display
Q-min TIME Time of generation display
Smin Apparent power VA
Smin DATE Date of generation display
Smin TIME Time of generation display
PFmin Power factor (LAG)
PFmin DATE Date of generation display
PFmin TIME Time of generation display
PF-min Power factor (LEAD)
PF-min DATE Date of generation display
PF-min TIME Time of generation display
Fmin Frequency Hz
Fmin DATE Date of generation display
Fmin TIME Time of generation display
Powerintegration WP Active power (addition)
(WP+)+(WP-)Wh
WP+ Active power (consumption) Wh
WP- Active power (regeneration) Wh
WQ Reactive power
(WS+)2 (WP+)2
varh When not using the reactivepower meter method
WS(WS+)+( WS- )Apparent power (addition) VAh
WS+ Apparent power (consumption) VAh
WS- Apparent power (regeneration) VAh
APPENDIX 38────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Powerintegration
WQ Reactive power (total)WQ+ + WQ-
varh When using the reactivepower meter method
WQ+ Reactive power (LAG) varh
WQ- Reactive power (LEAD) varh
WSApparent power
(WP+)2+(WQ+)2
VAh
Averagevalue within atime period
Pave Active power (Consumption)WP+ / h
W Integrated measurementmode
h =integrated elapsed timeDemand measurementmode*
Qave Reactive power (LAG)WQ+ / h
var
Save Apparent power (Consumption)WS+ / h
VA
PFave Power factorWP+ / WS+
LF Load factorPave / Pave max ×100
% Demand measurement modeDaily reportsWeekly reportsMonthly reportsIntegration
TLFUsage factorSave /Transfer capacity setting×100
%
Maximumdemandvalue
Pave max Active power W Demand measurement modeDaily reportsWeekly reportsMonthly reportsIntegration
Pave max DATE Date of generation display
Pave max TIME Time of generation display
Qave max Reactive power var
Qave max DATE Date of generation display
Qave max TIME Time of generation display
Save max Apparent power VA
Save max DATE Date of generation display
Save max TIME Time of generation display
PFave max Power factor
PFave maxDATE
Date of generation display
PFave maxTIME
Time of generation display
TLF max Usage factor %
TLF max DATE Date of generation display
TLF max TIME Time of generation display
Demand measurement mode*:Demand measurement data: h=demand periodDaily report data: h=24 hours period (1 day)Weekly report data: h=168 hours period (7 days)Monthly report data: h=1 month periodIntegrated data: h=integration period
INDEX 1
Index───────────────────────────────────────────────────────
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
Index
- A -
AC power inlet 6, 23
Accuracy 295-297, 302, 310
Additional integrati 69, 71, 72, 82, 272
Arrow 37
Auto range 70, 176, 234, 295
Average value within 102, 115, 116, 147,
148, 212, 217, 260, 261, 298
- B -
BNC connector 22
Back cover 291
Backlight 4, 59, 86, 120, 123, 129, 171,
294, 301
Backup function 25, 283, 303
Basic operating procedure
18, 32, 45, 65, 92,
162
Baud rate 131-133, 158, 239, 302
- C -
CHECK key 4, 33, 36, 37, 47, 50, 67,
72, 94, 98
CT 13, 59, 86, 120, 123, 128, 228, 301
Calculation formula 305, 307
Carrying case 3, 28
Clamp on sensor 7, 21, 37, 289, 293-296,
310
Clamp sensor connect 21, 22
Clip 30
Command syntax 164, 169
Command reference 164, 165, 169
Connection cable 140, 150, 157, 242,
250,265, 294
Consumption 63, 75-77, 89, 90, 102,
105, 107, 108, 110, 254, 307, 308
Contrast 4, 24, 59, 86, 120, 123, 129, 174,
294, 301
Crest factor 295
Current range 4, 11, 12, 41, 47, 67, 70,
75, 94, 97, 175, 177, 296
Current range key 4, 12
Cursor key 5, 9
- D -
D/A output 3, 7, 47, 58, 84, 118,
119, 178, 179, 197, 198, 222, 249-255
D/A output item 58, 84, 118, 178,
197, 222
Daily report 106-108, 115, 148, 182,
190, 216, 261
Data length 131-133, 158, 239
Data reset 5, 49, 70, 77, 97, 99,
101, 104, 193
Deleting file 258, 279
Demand measurement 98, 99
Demand time 113, 187
Display update rate 51, 74, 84, 252,
253, 295
Dynamic range over 42
INDEX 2
Index───────────────────────────────────────────────────────
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
- E -
English 24
Error message 10
Extension 270, 275, 278
External control 7
- F -
FD auto output 13, 80, 82, 117, 271, 272
FDD unit 7, 16, 26, 257, 311
FDD unit connector 7, 265
File name 55-57, 61, 83, 117, 181, 200,
223, 270, 278, 279
Fixed clock 8, 126, 127, 227
Floppy disk 263, 267, 268
Flow control 131-133, 239
Format 258, 263, 276
Frequency 8, 126, 127, 194, 230
Front panel 4, 291
Function key 4, 10
- G -
Generation time 51, 75, 102
Guide notch 21, 22, 140, 250
- H -
Harmonic analysis 15, 281
Header 163, 164, 167
Hold 13, 14, 50, 73, 101, 196, 255
- I -
ID code 133, 245
Imbalance 38
Incorrect wiring 29, 38
Initial screen 15, 33, 193
Input resistance 251, 293
Instantaneous value 46, 49, 54, 66, 73,
81, 100, 105, 107, 115, 146-149,
190-192, 211, 217, 220, 259, 260
Integrated measurement 63
Inverter 8
- J -
Japanese 24
- K -
Key beep 59, 86, 120, 123, 130, 172
Key lock 13, 50, 72, 98, 99, 210, 239
- L -
LCD 129, 171, 174
Lag 77, 254, 296-298, 306-308
Lead 77, 254, 296-298, 306, 308
Load factor 115, 148, 261, 307
Loss of power 283, 284, 286, 288
- M -
Manual printing 154, 155
Measurement range 41, 70, 97, 293,
295-297, 304
Modem 130, 133, 134, 157, 241
Modem initialization command 133, 244
Monthly report 110, 115, 148, 182, 190,
216, 261, 270
- O -
Option 7, 257, 281, 294
Output interval time 80, 82, 83, 154,
202, 272
Over-range 13, 42, 253, 254
INDEX 3
Index───────────────────────────────────────────────────────
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
- P -
PLL 8, 13, 126, 127, 227, 230
PLL unlock 8, 13
PT 13, 59, 86, 120, 123, 128, 228, 301
Parity check 131-133, 158, 239
Personal computer 130, 132, 157, 232,
239, 242, 245, 258, 270
Phase sequence 38, 46, 66, 93
Power cord 6, 23
Power flow 38, 75, 102, 105, 107,
108, 110, 250, 308
Power switch 6, 23, 24, 290
Print key 5, 52, 60, 87, 121, 136, 154
Print/save item 54, 81, 115, 116, 146,
152, 153, 182, 201, 224, 259, 269
Printer 5, 7, 11, 52, 60, 87,
121, 130, 136, 145, 154, 155
Printout 154, 155, 264
Protector 291
- R -
RS-232C 7, 13, 83, 118, 130,
157-163, 237, 241-248, 290
RS-232C cable 157, 159, 160
Reactive power meter method 13, 76,
77, 125, 225
Real time 173
Regeneration 63, 76, 89, 90, 102,
105, 107, 108, 110, 254, 307, 308
Renaming files 278
Response characteris 252, 253
- S -
SETXXX 61, 137, 271, 278
Safety standard 2
Sample program 237
Sampling method 126, 227
Save 11, 53, 61, 88, 122, 137, 271
Scaling 13
Self-test 24, 25
Separator 165
Special key 11
Specifications 293, 312
Stand 26, 27
Start time 71, 78, 98, 99, 112,
184, 186, 205
Start/stop 5, 7, 70-72, 78, 79, 97-99,
141, 142
Stop bit length 131-133
Stop time 71, 72, 99, 112, 186
Supply voltage 6, 23, 266, 294
System reset 25, 135, 226, 290
- T -
Telephone information 133
Telephone number 133, 244
Timer 72, 79, 80, 202, 207, 209
Transformer capacity 114, 188, 307, 308
- U -
Updating 253, 258
- V -
Voltage cord 7, 18, 30, 37, 294
Voltage cord lock 19, 20
Voltage range 4, 12, 41, 47, 67, 94,
233, 235
Voltage range key 4, 12
- W -
Waiting 71, 98, 99
Warmup 295
Weekly report 108, 109, 115, 116,
147-149, 182, 190, 216, 260-262, 270
Window 10, 13
Wiring diagram 34-36, 39, 40
Wiring key 4, 11
Write-protect 268
INDEX 4
Index───────────────────────────────────────────────────────
────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
HIOKI 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTERInstruction Manual
Publication date: October 2001 Revised edition 10
Edited and published by HIOKI E.E. CORPORATIONTechnical Support Section
All inquiries to International Sales and Marketing Department81 Koizumi, Ueda, Nagano, 386-1192, JapanTEL: +81-268-28-0562 / FAX: +81-268-28-0568E-mail: os-com@hioki.co.jpURL http://www.hioki.co.jp/
Printed in Japan 3166A981-10
All reasonable care has been taken in the production of this manual, but if youfind any points which are unclear or in error, please contact your supplier orthe International Sales and Marketing Department at HIOKI headquarters.In the interests of product development, the contents of this manual are subjectto revision without prior notice.Unauthorized reproduction or copying of this manual is prohibited.
HEAD OFFICE81 Koizumi, Ueda, Nagano 386-1192, JapanTEL +81-268-28-0562 / FAX +81-268-28-0568E-mail: os-com@hioki.co.jp / URL http://www.hioki.co.jp/HIOKI USA CORPORATION6 Corporate Drive, Cranbury, NJ 08512, USATEL +1-609-409-9109 / FAX +1-609-409-9108
3166A981-10 01-10H
Printed on recycled paper
Recommended